This is completed downloadable of Medical Surgical Nursing Assessment and Management of Clinical Problems 9th Edition Lewis Test Bank
Product Details:
- ISBN-10 : 0323086780
- ISBN-13 : 978-0323086783
- Author:
Over the past three decades, more and more nursing educators have turned to Lewis: Medical-Surgical Nursing for its accurate and up-to-date coverage of the latest trends, hot topics, and clinical developments in the field of medical-surgical nursing ― and the new ninth edition is no exception! Written by a dedicated team of expert authors led by Sharon Lewis, Medical-Surgical Nursing, 9th Edition offers the same easy-to-read style that students have come to love, along with the timely and thoroughly accurate content that educators have come to trust. Completely revised and updated content explores patient care in various clinical settings and focuses on key topics such as prioritization, critical thinking, patient safety, and NCLEX® exam preparation. Best of all ― a complete collection of interactive student resources creates a more engaging learning environment to prepare you for clinical practice.
Table of Content:
- Sharon L. Lewis, RN, PhD, FAAN
- Shannon Ruff Dirksen, RN, PhD, FAAN
- Margaret McLean Heitkemper, RN, PhD, FAAN
- Linda Bucher, RN, PhD, CEN, CNE
- Contributors
- Reviewers
- To the Profession of Nursing and to the Important People in Our Lives
- Preface
- Organization
- Classic Features
- New Features
- Learning Supplements for Students
- Teaching Supplements for Instructors
- Acknowledgments
- Authors of Teaching and Learning Resources
- Special Features
- Assessment Abnormalities Tables
- Case Studies
- End-of-Chapter Case Studies
- Managing Multiple Patients Case Studies
- Assessment Case Studies
- Collaborative Care Tables
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies Boxes
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities Boxes
- Delegation Decisions Boxes
- Diagnostic Studies Tables
- Drug Therapy Tables
- Emergency Management Tables
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Boxes
- Evidence-Based Practice
- Applying the Evidence Boxes
- Evidence-Based Practice
- Translating Research Into Practice Boxes
- Focused Assessment Boxes
- Gender Differences Boxes
- Genetics in Clinical Practice Boxes
- Gerontologic Assessment Differences Tables
- Health History Tables
- Healthy People Boxes
- Informatics in Practice Boxes
- Nursing Assessment Tables
- Nursing Care Plans
- Nutritional Therapy Tables
- Patient & Caregiver Teaching Guide Tables
- Pre-Test – Medical-Surgical Nursing
- Interactive Review – Medical-Surgical Nursing
- Volume 1
- Section 1 Concepts in Nursing Practice
- Concepts in Nursing Practice
- Pre-Test – Section 1
- Interactive Review – Section 1
- Chapter 1 Professional Nursing Practice
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Professional Nursing Practice
- Domain of Nursing Practice
- FIG. 1-1 Nurses are frontline professionals of health care.
- Definitions of Nursing
- Nursing’s View of Humanity
- Scope of Nursing Practice
- Influences on Professional Nursing Practice
- Complex Health Care Environments
- Expanding Knowledge and Technology.
- Diverse Populations.
- Consumerism.
- Influences on Health Care Systems
- Health Care Financing.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas: Social Networking: HIPAA Violation
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- FIG. 1-2 The patient, family, and nurse collaborate as part of coordinating high-quality care.
- Healthy People Initiative.
- Supporting Professional Practice
- Professional Nursing Organizations.
- TABLE 1-1 HEALTHY PEOPLE 2020
- QSEN.
- Patient-Centered Care
- Delivery of Nursing Care
- Continuum of Patient Care
- Critical Thinking
- Nursing Process
- FIG. 1-3 Nursing process.
- Standardized Nursing Terminologies
- TABLE 1-2 ANA-RECOGNIZED NURSING TERMINOLOGIES
- NANDA-I Nursing Diagnoses.
- Nursing Outcomes Classification (NOC).
- Nursing Interventions Classification (NIC).
- TABLE 1-3 EXAMPLE OF NANDA-NOC-NIC LINKAGE
- NANDA-NOC-NIC Linkages.
- Nursing Care Plans
- FIG. 1-4 Integration of NANDA, NIC, and NOC into the nursing process.
- Nursing Care Plan 1-1 Patient with Heart Failure*
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- FIG. 1-5 Concept map.
- Informatics and Technology
- Information and Technology in Practice
- Clinical Information Systems and Electronic Health Records
- Nursing Informatics
- Computer Languages
- Telehealth
- FIG. 1-6 Telemonitoring. A, Remote blood pressure monitoring. B, Videoconference with health care provider.
- Evidence-Based Practice
- Steps of EBP Process
- Step 0 of EBP.
- Step 1 of EBP.
- Step 2 of EBP.
- TABLE 1-4 STEPS OF EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE (EBP) PROCESS
- Step 3 of EBP.
- Step 4 of EBP.
- Step 5 of EBP.
- Step 6 of EBP.
- Implementing EBP
- Safety and Quality Improvement
- FIG. 1-7 Quality improvement system.
- National Patient Safety Goals
- Teamwork and Collaboration
- Interdisciplinary Team Members
- TABLE 1-5 NATIONAL PATIENT SAFETY GOALS*
- TABLE 1-6 INTERDISCIPLINARY TEAM MEMBERS
- Coordinating Care Among Health Care Team Members
- Communication.
- Case Management.
- TABLE 1-7 GUIDELINES FOR COMMUNICATING USING SBAR
- Clinical Pathways.
- Delegation and Assignment.
- TABLE 1-8 FIVE RIGHTS OF NURSING DELEGATION
- Delegation Decisions Delegation Decisions Boxes Throughout Book
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 2 Health Disparities and Culturally Competent Care
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Determinants of Health
- FIG. 2-1 Determinants of health.
- Healthy People Access to Health Services
- Health Disparities and Health Equity
- Factors and Conditions Leading to Health Disparities
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Health Disparities
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- TABLE 2-1 FACTORS AND CONDITIONS LEADING TO HEALTH DISPARITIES
- Ethnicity and Race.
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities Boxes Throughout Book
- Place and Health.
- Income, Education, and Occupation.
- FIG. 2-2 Percentage of adults ages 18 to 64 years old who skipped or delayed medical care because of cost. The data are displayed by disability and insurance coverage status.
- Gender.
- Age.
- Sexual Orientation.
- FIG. 2-3 Older Asian women are especially at risk for health disparities.
- Health Care Provider Attitudes.
- Culture
- TABLE 2-2 BASIC CHARACTERISTICS OF CULTURE
- TABLE 2-3 DISTINCT CULTURAL CHARACTERISTICS OF DIFFERENT ETHNIC GROUPS IN THE UNITED STATES
- Native American
- Hispanic/Latino
- African American
- European American
- Asian American
- Pacific Islander American
- FIG. 2-4 Members of this family share a common heritage.
- Cultural Competence
- TABLE 2-4 HOW TO DEVELOP CULTURAL COMPETENCE
- Cultural Diversity in the Health Care Workplace
- FIG. 2-5 Nurses working together in a multicultural health care environment.
- Cultural Factors Affecting Health and Health Care
- Folk Healers
- Spirituality and Religion
- TABLE 2-5 CULTURAL FACTORS AFFECTING HEALTH AND HEALTH CARE
- Cross-Cultural Communication
- FIG. 2-6 Co-workers from different cultures communicate with verbal and nonverbal cues.
- TABLE 2-6 HEALTH-RELATED BELIEFS AND PRACTICES OF SELECTED RELIGIOUS GROUPS
- Family Roles and Relationships
- FIG. 2-7 Family roles and relationships differ from one culture to another.
- Personal Space
- Touch
- Nutrition
- Immigrants and Immigration
- FIG. 2-8 Recently arrived immigrants join a neighbor for a barbecue, a common American tradition.
- Medications
- Psychologic Factors
- TABLE 2-7 CULTURAL ASSESSMENT*
- Nursing Management Reducing Health Disparities and Increasing Cultural Competency
- Nurse’s Self-Assessment
- TABLE 2-8 CULTURE-BOUND SYNDROMES
- Patient Assessment
- Nursing Implementation
- Advocacy.
- TABLE 2-9 NURSING INTERVENTIONS TO REDUCE HEALTH DISPARITIES
- FIG. 2-9 A Navajo nurse instructs a Navajo patient.
- Standardized Guidelines.
- Communication.
- TABLE 2-10 USING A MEDICAL INTERPRETER
- TABLE 2-11 GUIDELINES FOR COMMUNICATING WHEN NO INTERPRETER IS AVAILABLE
- Informatics in Practice Use of Translation Applications
- Case Study Health Disparities
- Patient Profile
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 3 Health History and Physical Examination
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Data Collection
- Medical Focus
- Nursing Focus
- Types of Data
- FIG. 3-1 Obtaining and recording data from a nursing history and physical examination using a computer.
- Interview Considerations
- Symptom Investigation
- TABLE 3-1 INVESTIGATION OF PATIENT-REPORTED SYMPTOM
- Data Organization
- Culturally Competent Care
- Assessment
- Nursing History: Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Delegation Decisions Assessment and Data Collection
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies Assessment of Use of Herbs and Dietary Supplements
- Why Assessment Is Important
- Nurse’s Role
- Allergies.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- TABLE 3-2 HEALTH HISTORY: Functional Health Pattern Format
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Physical Examination: Objective Data
- General Survey
- Physical Examination
- Techniques.
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- Percussion.
- Auscultation.
- FIG. 3-2 Palpation is the examination of the body using touch.
- FIG. 3-3 Percussion technique. Tapping the interphalangeal joint. Only the middle finger of the nondominant hand should be in contact with the skin surface.
- Equipment.
- Organization of Examination.
- FIG. 3-4 Auscultation is listening to sounds produced by the body to assess normal conditions and deviations from normal.
- TABLE 3-3 EQUIPMENT FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION*
- Recording Physical Examination.
- Types of Assessment
- Comprehensive Assessment
- TABLE 3-4 OUTLINE FOR PHYSICAL EXAMINATION
- TABLE 3-5 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Adaptations in Physical Assessment Techniques
- Focused Assessment
- Emergency Assessment
- Using Assessment Approaches
- TABLE 3-6 TYPES OF ASSESSMENT
- Problem Identification and Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 3-7 CLINICAL APPLICATION OF VARIOUS TYPES OF ASSESSMENT
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 4 Patient and Caregiver Teaching
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Role of Patient and Caregiver Teaching
- Teaching-Learning Process
- Adult Learner
- Adult Learning Principles.
- Models to Promote Health.
- TABLE 4-1 ADULT LEARNING PRINCIPLES APPLIED TO PATIENT AND CAREGIVER TEACHING
- TABLE 4-2 STAGES OF CHANGE IN TRANSTHEORETICAL MODEL
- TABLE 4-3 KEY ASPECTS OF MOTIVATIONAL INTERVIEWING
- Nurse as Teacher
- Required Competencies
- Knowledge of Subject Matter.
- Communication Skills.
- Challenges to Nurse-Teacher Effectiveness.
- FIG. 4-1 Open, relaxed positioning of patient, spouse, and nurse at eye level promotes communication in teaching and learning.
- Caregiver Support in the Teaching-Learning Process
- TABLE 4-4 ASSESSMENT OF CAREGIVER NEEDS
- Caregiver Stress.
- TABLE 4-5 CAREGIVER STRESSORS
- Regulatory Mandates for Patient Teaching
- TABLE 4-6 THE JOINT COMMISSION’S SPEAK UP™ INITIATIVE
- Process of Patient Teaching
- Assessment
- Physical Factors.
- TABLE 4-7 ASSESSMENT OF FACTORS AFFECTING PATIENT TEACHING: Factors and Key Questions
- Psychologic Factors.
- Sociocultural Factors
- Health Literacy.
- Cultural Considerations.
- FIG. 4-2 Nurse communicating with a non-English-speaking patient using a translation phone service.
- Socioeconomic Considerations.
- Learner Factors.
- Learning Needs.
- Readiness to Learn.
- Learning Style.
- Planning
- Setting Goals.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Are Decision Aids Helpful in Making Decisions About Health Care?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Selecting Teaching Strategies.
- Learning Materials.
- TABLE 4-8 LEARNER CHARACTERISTICS AND TEACHING STRATEGIES BY GENERATION
- TABLE 4-9 COMPARISON OF TEACHING STRATEGIES
- FIG. 4-3 Effective teaching using a variety of strategies (written materials, video-based patient education programs).
- Implementation
- Evaluation
- FIG. 4-4 Teaching using demonstration and return demonstration (“show back”) increases successful learning by the patient.
- TABLE 4-10 TECHNIQUES TO EVALUATE PATIENT AND CAREGIVER LEARNING
- Case Study Patient and Caregiver Teaching
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 5 Chronic Illness and Older Adults
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Chronic Illness
- TABLE 5-1 CHARACTERISTICS OF ACUTE AND CHRONIC ILLNESS
- TABLE 5-2 IMPACT OF CHRONIC ILLNESSES
- TABLE 5-3 CHRONIC ILLNESS TRAJECTORY
- Trajectory of Chronic Illness
- FIG. 5-1 The Chronic Illness Trajectory is a theoretical model of chronic illness. The trajectory model of chronic illness recognizes that chronic illness will have many phases (see Table 5-3).
- TABLE 5-4 SEVEN TASKS OF PEOPLE WITH CHRONIC ILLNESS
- TABLE 5-5 CHARACTERISTICS OF TREATMENT REGIMENS
- Preventing and Managing a Crisis.
- Carrying Out Prescribed Treatment Regimens.
- Controlling Symptoms.
- Reordering Time.
- Adjusting to Changes in Course of Disease.
- Preventing Social Isolation.
- Attempting to Normalize Interactions With Others.
- Prevention of Chronic Illness
- Nursing Management Chronic Illness
- Older Adults
- Demographics of Aging
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- What Is the Effectiveness of Chronic Illness Strategies for Asian/Pacific Islanders?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Attitudes Toward Aging
- FIG. 5-2 The aging process can be viewed as a balance between negative and positive factors.
- Biologic Aging
- Age-Related Physiologic Changes
- TABLE 5-6 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Summary of Tables
- Special Older Adult Populations
- Chronically Ill Older Adults
- Older Adult Women
- TABLE 5-7 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Cognitive Function
- Gender Differences
- Men
- Women
- Cognitively Impaired Older Adults
- Rural Older Adults
- FIG. 5-3 Older adults living in rural areas often enjoy outside activities, such as gardening.
- FIG. 5-4 Older adults are using computers more frequently and accessing health care information on the Internet.
- Informatics in Practice Older Adults and Internet Use
- Homeless Older Adults
- Frail Older Adults
- TABLE 5-8 SCALES: NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT OF OLDER ADULTS
- Culturally Competent Care
- Older Adults
- Social Support for Older Adults
- Family Caregivers
- Elder Mistreatment or Abuse
- Self-Neglect
- Social Services for Older Adults
- Medicare and Medicaid
- TABLE 5-9 TYPES OF ELDER MISTREATMENT
- TABLE 5-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Mistreatment
- Care Alternatives for Older Adults
- Adult Day Care and Adult Day Health Care
- Home Health Care.
- FIG. 5-5 Senior centers offer places for older adults who live independently to meet and gather with friends.
- Long-Term Care Facilities
- Legal and Ethical Issues
- FIG. 5-6 Social interaction and acceptance are important for older adults.
- Nursing Management Older Adults
- Nursing Assessment
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- FIG. 5-7 SPICES.
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Care.
- FIG. 5-8 Water aerobics is an example of a health promotion activity for older adults.
- Care Transitions.
- Rehabilitation.
- TABLE 5-11 CARE OF THE HOSPITALIZED OLDER ADULT
- FIG. 5-9 The nurse assists a patient in a geriatric rehabilitation facility.
- Assistive Devices.
- Safety.
- Medication Use.
- TABLE 5-12 DRUG THERAPY: Common Causes of Medication Errors by Older Adults
- FIG. 5-10 The effects of aging on drug metabolism.
- Depression.
- TABLE 5-13 DRUG THERAPY: Medication Use by Older Adults
- Use of Restraints.
- Sleep.
- Evaluation
- TABLE 5-14 EVALUATING NURSING CARE FOR OLDER ADULTS
- Case Study Older Adults
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Psychosocial Data
- Objective Data
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 6 Complementary and Alternative Therapies
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- TABLE 6-1 COMPARISON OF CONVENTIONAL AND INTEGRATIVE HEALTH CARE MODELS
- Complementary and Alternative Therapies
- NCCAM Categories
- TABLE 6-2 NCCAM CATEGORIES OF COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES
- Natural Products
- TABLE 6-3 WHOLE MEDICAL SYSTEMS
- TABLE 6-4 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Herbal Therapies
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- TABLE 6-5 COMMONLY USED HERBS*
- Mind-Body Medicine
- FIG. 6-1 Yoga is an example of both mind-body medicine and manipulative and body-based practices.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Yoga
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- FIG. 6-2 Herbs are most commonly administered as a pill or capsule, but the source is a plant, such as echinacea.
- Acupuncture.
- FIG. 6-3 Acupuncture showing the placement of acupuncture needles.
- Manipulative and Body-Based Practices
- Massage.
- TABLE 6-6 COMMONLY USED DIETARY SUPPLEMENTS*
- Massage Techniques.
- FIG. 6-4 Hand massage can be a helpful tool to calm down an agitated or nervous patient.
- Other CAT Practices
- Energy Therapies.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Complementary and Alternative Therapies
- Nursing Management Complementary and Alternative Therapies
- Professional Practice
- Knowledge of Therapies.
- Assessment of Complementary and Alternative Therapy Use.
- Promoting Safe Use of Therapies.
- Incorporating Therapies in Practice.
- TABLE 6-7 NURSES CAN USE COMPLEMENTARY AND ALTERNATIVE THERAPIES
- Self-Care Practice
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Stress-Busting Kit for Nursing Students
- Chapter 7 Stress and Stress Management
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Definition of Stress
- FIG. 7-1 Stressors can be physiologic or emotional/psychologic. Your perception of these stressors will determine whether they cause stress. Events or circumstances become stressful when you perceive them to be.
- FIG. 7-2 During stressful situations, the demands seem to exceed the resources.
- Factors Affecting Response to Stress
- TABLE 7-1 FACTORS AFFECTING PERSON’S RESPONSE TO STRESS
- FIG. 7-3 Neurochemical links among the nervous, endocrine, and immune systems. The communication among these three systems is bidirectional.
- Physiologic Response to Stress
- Nervous System
- Cerebral Cortex.
- Limbic System.
- Reticular Formation.
- Hypothalamus.
- Endocrine System
- FIG. 7-4 Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis. ACTH, Adrenocorticotropic hormone; CRH, corticotropin-releasing hormone.
- Summary of Stress Response
- FIG. 7-5 “Fight-or-flight” reaction. Alarm reaction responses resulting from increased sympathetic nervous system (SNS) activity.
- Immune System
- FIG. 7-6 The cerebral cortex processes stressful stimuli and relays the information via the limbic system to the hypothalamus. Corticotropin-releasing hormone (CRH) stimulates the release of adrenocorticotropic hormone (ACTH) from the pituitary gland. ACTH stimulates the adrenal cortex to release corticosteroids. The sympathetic nervous system is also stimulated, resulting in the release of epinephrine and norepinephrine from the adrenal medulla. The end result is the inhibition of the immune system.
- Effects of Stress on Health
- TABLE 7-2 DISORDERS WITH A STRESS COMPONENT*
- Coping
- TABLE 7-3 PROBLEM- AND EMOTION-FOCUSED COPING
- TABLE 7-4 COPING STRATEGIES
- Relaxation Strategies
- TABLE 7-5 RELAXATION BREATHING TECHNIQUES*
- Relaxation Breathing
- Meditation
- TABLE 7-6 GUIDE TO MEDITATION*
- Imagery
- TABLE 7-7 IMAGERY: CREATING YOUR SPECIAL PLACE*
- Music for Relaxation
- FIG. 7-7 In imagery, special places are created involving all the senses, such as a place where one can hear rustling water, smell flowers, feel the wind, and see a colorful landscape.
- TABLE 7-8 EXAMPLES OF IMAGERY
- Massage
- Nursing Management Stress
- Nursing Assessment
- FIG. 7-8 As a nurse, you have an important role in helping patients deal with stress.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 7-9 PERSONAL TIPS FOR HANDLING STRESS
- TABLE 7-10 HOW TO IMPLEMENT STRESS MANAGEMENT IN PRACTICE
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Case Study Stress-Induced Complaints
- Patient Profile
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Stress-Busting Kit for Nursing Students
- Chapter 8 Sleep and Sleep Disorders
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTables
- Sleep
- FIG. 8-1 Sleep disorders are common in our society.
- TABLE 8-1 SELECTED SLEEP DISORDERS
- Physiologic Sleep Mechanisms
- Sleep-Wake Cycle
- FIG. 8-2 Excessive daytime sleepiness can occur in people with sleep disorders.
- Wake Behavior.
- Sleep Behavior.
- Circadian Rhythms.
- Sleep Architecture
- NREM Sleep.
- REM Sleep.
- Insufficient Sleep and Sleep Disorders
- FIG. 8-3 Effects of sleep deprivation and sleep disorders on the body.
- Insomnia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 8-2 RELATIONSHIP OF SLEEP DISTURBANCES TO DISEASES AND DISORDERS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Self-Report.
- Actigraphy.
- Polysomnography.
- Collaborative Care
- Cognitive-Behavioral Therapy for Insomnia.
- TABLE 8-3 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Insomnia
- TABLE 8-4 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Sleep Hygiene
- TABLE 8-5 DRUG THERAPY: Insomnia
- Benzodiazepines
- Benzodiazepine-Receptor–like Agents
- Melatonin-Receptor Agonist
- Antidepressants
- Antihistamines
- Drug Therapy.
- Benzodiazepines.
- Benzodiazepine-Receptor–like Agents.
- Melatonin-Receptor Agonist.
- Antidepressants.
- Antihistamines.
- Complementary and Alternative Therapies.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nursing Management Insomnia
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 8-6 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Sleep
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 8-7 CAFFEINE CONTENT OF SELECTED FOODS AND BEVERAGES
- Sleep Disturbances in the Hospital
- Narcolepsy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 8-8 DRUG THERAPY: Narcolepsy
- Nursing and Collaborative Management
- Drug Therapy.
- Behavioral Therapy.
- Circadian Rhythm Disorders
- Sleep-Disordered Breathing
- Obstructive Sleep Apnea
- FIG. 8-4 How sleep apnea occurs. A, The patient predisposed to obstructive sleep apnea (OSA) has a small pharyngeal airway. B, During sleep, the pharyngeal muscles relax, allowing the airway to close. Lack of airflow results in repeated apneic episodes. C, Continuous positive airway pressure (CPAP) splints the airway open, preventing airflow obstruction.
- Informatics in Practice Sleep Apnea Diagnosis and Monitoring
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Sleep Apnea
- Conservative Treatment
- FIG. 8-5 Examples of positive airwave pressure devices for sleep apnea. A, Patient wearing a nasal mask and headgear (positive pressure only through nose). B, Patient wearing nasal pillows (positive pressure only through nose). C, Patient wearing a full face mask (positive pressure to both nose and mouth).
- Surgical Treatment
- Periodic Limb Movement Disorder
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Sleep
- FIG. 8-6 Many older people have sleep problems.
- Parasomnias
- Special Sleep Needs of Nurses
- Case Study Insomnia
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 9 Pain
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Magnitude of Pain Problem
- TABLE 9-1 HARMFUL EFFECTS OF UNRELIEVED ACUTE PAIN
- Definitions and Dimensions of Pain
- TABLE 9-2 DIMENSIONS OF PAIN
- Gender Differences
- Men
- Women
- Pain Mechanisms
- Transduction.
- FIG. 9-1 Nociceptive pain originates when the tissue is injured. 1, Transduction occurs when there is release of chemical mediators. 2, Transmission involves the conduct of the action potential from the periphery (injury site) to the spinal cord and then to the brainstem, thalamus, and cerebral cortex. 3, Perception is the conscious awareness of pain. 4, Modulation involves signals from the brain going back down the spinal cord to modify incoming impulses.
- Transmission.
- Transmission to Spinal Cord.
- Dorsal Horn Processing.
- Transmission to Thalamus and Cortex.
- Perception.
- FIG. 9-2 Typical areas of referred pain.
- Modulation.
- Classification of Pain
- TABLE 9-3 COMPARISON OF NOCICEPTIVE AND NEUROPATHIC PAIN
- Nociceptive Pain
- Neuropathic Pain
- TABLE 9-4 DIFFERENCES BETWEEN ACUTE AND CHRONIC PAIN
- Acute and Chronic Pain
- TABLE 9-5 CORE PRINCIPLES OF PAIN ASSESSMENT
- Pain Assessment
- Elements of a Pain Assessment
- Pain Pattern.
- TABLE 9-6 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Pain
- Location.
- Intensity.
- FIG. 9-3 Pain thermometer scale. Ask the patient to circle words next to the thermometer or to mark the area on the thermometer to indicate the intensity of pain.
- Quality.
- Associated Symptoms.
- Management Strategies.
- Impact of Pain.
- Patient’s Beliefs, Expectations, and Goals.
- Documentation
- Reassessment
- Pain Treatment
- Basic Principles
- TABLE 9-7 DRUG THERAPY: Managing Side Effects of Pain Medications
- Drug Therapy for Pain
- Nonopioids.
- TABLE 9-8 DRUG THERAPY: Selected Nonopioid Analgesics
- FIG. 9-4 Arachidonic acid is oxidized by two different pathways: lipoxygenase and cyclooxygenase. The cyclooxygenase pathway leads to two forms of the enzyme cyclooxygenase: COX-1 and COX-2. COX-1 is known as constitutive (always present), and COX-2 is known as inducible (its expression varies markedly depending on the stimulus). Nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs) differ in their actions, with some having more effects on COX-1 and others more on COX-2. Indomethacin acts primarily on COX-1, whereas ibuprofen is equipotent on COX-1 and COX-2. Celecoxib primarily inhibits COX-2.
- Drug Alert
- Opioids.
- Types of Opioids.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Mixed Mu Agonist Opioid and Dual Mechanism Agents.
- TABLE 9-9 DRUG THERAPY: Opioid Analgesics
- TABLE 9-10 OPIOID EQUIANALGESIC DOSES*
- Opioids to Avoid.
- Drug Alert
- Side Effects of Opioids.
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 9-11 PASERO OPIOID-INDUCED SEDATION SCALE (POSS) WITH INTERVENTIONS
- Adjuvant Analgesic Therapy.
- Corticosteroids.
- Antidepressants.
- Antiseizure Drugs.
- GABA Receptor Agonist.
- α2-Adrenergic Agonists.
- Local Anesthetics.
- TABLE 9-12 DRUG THERAPY: Adjuvant Drugs Used for Pain
- Cannabinoids.
- Administration
- Scheduling.
- Titration.
- Equianalgesic Dosing.
- Administration Routes.
- Oral.
- Transmucosal and Buccal Routes.
- Intranasal Route.
- Rectal.
- Transdermal Route.
- Drug Alert
- Parenteral Routes.
- FIG. 9-5 Spinal anatomy. The spinal cord extends from the foramen magnum to the first or second lumbar vertebral space. The subarachnoid space (intrathecal space) is filled with cerebrospinal fluid that continuously circulates and bathes the spinal cord. The epidural space is a potential space filled with blood vessels, fat, and a network of nerve extensions.
- Intraspinal Delivery.
- Implantable Pumps.
- Patient-Controlled Analgesia.
- Interventional Therapy
- Therapeutic Nerve Blocks.
- Neuroablative Techniques.
- Neuroaugmentation.
- FIG. 9-6 Sites of neurosurgical procedures for pain relief.
- Nondrug Therapies for Pain
- Physical Pain Relief Strategies
- Massage.
- Exercise.
- TABLE 9-13 NONDRUG THERAPIES FOR PAIN
- Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulation.
- Acupuncture.
- Heat Therapy.
- FIG. 9-7 Transcutaneous electrical nerve stimulation (TENS) treatment being given for treatment of pain after shoulder surgery.
- TABLE 9-14 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Heat and Cold Therapy
- Cold Therapy.
- Cognitive Therapies.
- Distraction.
- Hypnosis.
- Relaxation Strategies.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Pain
- Effective Communication
- Challenges to Effective Pain Management
- Tolerance.
- TABLE 9-15 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Pain Management
- Physical Dependence.
- Pseudoaddiction.
- Addiction.
- TABLE 9-16 MANIFESTATIONS OF OPIOID WITHDRAWAL SYNDROME
- Delegation Decisions Pain
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- TABLE 9-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Reducing Barriers to Pain Management
- Institutionalizing Pain Education and Management
- Ethical Issues in Pain Management
- Fear of Hastening Death by Administering Analgesics
- Requests for Assisted Suicide
- Use of Placebos in Pain Assessment and Treatment
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Pain
- Managing Pain in Special Populations
- Patients Unable to Self-Report Pain
- TABLE 9-18 ASSESSING PAIN IN NONVERBAL PATIENTS
- Patients With Substance Abuse Problems
- Case Study Pain
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Stress-Busting Kit for Nursing Students
- Chapter 10 Palliative Care at End of Life
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Palliative Care
- TABLE 10-1 GOALS OF PALLIATIVE CARE
- FIG. 10-1 One goal of palliative care is to improve the quality of the patient’s remaining life.
- FIG. 10-2 Integrated model of curative care, palliative and end-of-life care, and bereavement care.
- Hospice Care
- FIG. 10-3 Relationship of palliative care, end-of-life care, and hospice care.
- FIG. 10-4 Hospice care is designed to provide compassion, concern, and support for the dying.
- FIG. 10-5 Inpatient hospice settings have been deinstitutionalized to make the atmosphere as relaxed and homelike as possible.
- Death
- End-of-Life Care
- Physical Manifestations at End of Life
- TABLE 10-2 PHYSICAL MANIFESTATIONS AT END OF LIFE
- Psychosocial Manifestations at End of Life
- TABLE 10-3 PSYCHOSOCIAL MANIFESTATIONS AT END OF LIFE
- TABLE 10-4 KÜBLER-ROSS MODEL OF GRIEF
- Bereavement and Grief
- FIG. 10-6 The grief wheel model begins with the normal state at the bottom. After a person goes through the grief process, eventually the grief will resolve. However, because of the loss, the normal state is not the same as before. The challenge is to accept the “new normal.”
- Spiritual Needs
- TABLE 10-5 SPIRITUAL ASSESSMENT
- FIG. 10-7 Spiritual needs are an important consideration in end-of-life care.
- Culturally Competent Care
- End of Life
- Legal and Ethical Issues Affecting End-of-Life Care
- Organ and Tissue Donation
- Advance Care Planning and Advance Directives
- Resuscitation
- TABLE 10-6 COMMON DOCUMENTS USED IN END-OF-LIFE CARE
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas End-of-Life Care
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Nursing Management End of Life
- Nursing Assessment
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Psychosocial Care.
- Anxiety and Depression.
- Anger.
- TABLE 10-7 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Psychosocial Care at End of Life
- Hopelessness and Powerlessness.
- Fear.
- Fear of Pain.
- FIG. 10-8 Dying patients typically want someone whom they know and trust to stay with them.
- Fear of Shortness of Breath.
- Fear of Loneliness and Abandonment.
- Fear of Meaninglessness.
- Communication.
- Physical Care.
- Postmortem Care.
- Special Needs of Caregivers and Nurses in End-of-Life Care
- Special Needs of Family Caregivers
- TABLE 10-8 NURSING MANAGEMENT: Physical Care at End of Life
- Special Needs of Nurses
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 11 Substance Abuse
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- TABLE 11-1 TERMINOLOGY OF SUBSTANCE ABUSE
- TABLE 11-2 COMMON HEALTH PROBLEMS RELATED TO SUBSTANCE ABUSE
- Common Drugs of Abuse
- Nicotine
- Effects of Use and Complications
- TABLE 11-3 CLINICAL PRACTICE GUIDELINE: Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence
- Nursing and Collaborative Care Tobacco Use
- Tobacco Cessation
- FIG. 11-1 Clinical practice guidelines: treating tobacco use and dependence.
- TABLE 11-4 INPATIENT TOBACCO CESSATION INTERVENTIONS
- TABLE 11-5 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Smoking and Tobacco Use Cessation
- TABLE 11-6 DRUG THERAPY: Smoking Cessation*
- Drug Alert
- Alcohol
- Effects of Use and Complications
- FIG. 11-2 Alcohol is often used to cope with the stresses of life.
- Nursing and Collaborative Care Alcohol Dependence
- Alcohol Intoxication
- TABLE 11-7 EFFECTS OF CHRONIC ALCOHOL ABUSE
- TABLE 11-8 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS AND TREATMENT OF ALCOHOL WITHDRAWAL
- Alcohol Withdrawal Syndrome
- Nursing Care Plan 11-1
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Substance Withdrawal Severity
- Distorted Thought Self-Control
- Substance Use Treatment: Alcohol Withdrawal
- Seizure Precautions
- Delirium Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Alcohol Abuse Cessation Behavior
- Substance Use Treatment
- TABLE 11-9 CLINICAL INSTITUTE WITHDRAWAL ASSESSMENT OF ALCOHOL SCALE, REVISED (CIWA-Ar)*
- Other Drugs of Abuse
- Stimulants
- Nursing and Collaborative Care Stimulant Abuse
- Overdose
- Withdrawal
- Depressants
- Sedative-Hypnotics
- Opioids
- TABLE 11-10 COMMONLY ABUSED ADDICTIVE SUBSTANCES
- Nursing and Collaborative Care Depressant Abuse
- Overdose
- Sedative-Hypnotics.
- FIG. 11-3 Use of oxycodone injections has increased rapidly.
- Opioids.
- TABLE 11-11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Cocaine and Amphetamine Toxicity
- Cardiovascular
- Central Nervous System
- Other
- TABLE 11-12 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Depressant Drug Overdose
- Withdrawal
- Sedative-Hypnotics.
- Opioids.
- Cannabis
- Nursing Management Substance Abuse
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 11-13 ALCOHOL USE DISORDERS IDENTIFICATION TEST (AUDIT)
- TABLE 11-14 DRUG ABUSE SCREENING TEST (DAST-10)
- TABLE 11-15 SIGNS SUGGESTING SUBSTANCE ABUSE
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Substance Abuse
- Case Study Substance Misuse and Abuse
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Tests
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Thomas M. Perkins/Shutterstock.com
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 2 Pathophysiologic Mechanisms of Disease
- Pathophysiologic Mechanisms of Disease
- Pre-Test – Section 2
- Interactive Review – Section 2
- Chapter 12 Inflammation and Wound Healing
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Inflammatory Response
- FIG. 12-1 Vascular and cellular responses to tissue injury.
- Vascular Response
- Cellular Response
- Neutrophils.
- Monocytes.
- TABLE 12-1 MEDIATORS OF INFLAMMATION
- Lymphocytes.
- Chemical Mediators
- Complement System.
- Prostaglandins and Leukotrienes.
- FIG. 12-2 Pathway of generation of prostaglandins, thromboxane, and leukotrienes. Corticosteroids, nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), and acetylsalicylic acid (ASA) act to inhibit various steps in this pathway.
- Exudate Formation
- Clinical Manifestations
- Fever.
- TABLE 12-2 TYPES OF INFLAMMATORY EXUDATE
- TABLE 12-3 LOCAL MANIFESTATIONS OF INFLAMMATION
- FIG. 12-3 Production of fever. When monocytes/macrophages are activated, they secrete cytokines such as interleukin-1 (IL-1), interleukin-6 (IL-6), and tumor necrosis factor (TNF), which reach the hypothalamic temperature-regulating center. These cytokines promote the synthesis and secretion of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2) in the anterior hypothalamus. PGE2 increases the thermostatic set point, and the autonomic nervous system is stimulated, resulting in shivering, muscle contraction, and peripheral vasoconstriction.
- Types of Inflammation
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Inflammation
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention
- Observation and Vital Signs.
- Fever.
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 12-4 DRUG THERAPY: Inflammation and Healing
- RICE.
- Rest.
- Cold and Heat.
- Compression and Immobilization.
- Elevation.
- Healing Process
- Regeneration
- Repair
- TABLE 12-5 REGENERATIVE ABILITY OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF TISSUES
- FIG. 12-4 Types of wound healing. A, Primary intention. B, Secondary intention. C, Tertiary intention.
- Primary Intention.
- Initial Phase.
- TABLE 12-6 PHASES IN PRIMARY INTENTION HEALING
- Granulation Phase.
- Maturation Phase and Scar Contraction.
- Secondary Intention.
- Tertiary Intention.
- Wound Classification
- Complications of Healing
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Wound Healing
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 12-7 RED-YELLOW-BLACK CONCEPT OF WOUND CARE
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 12-8 COMPLICATIONS OF WOUND HEALING
- FIG. 12-5 Dehiscence following a cholecystectomy.
- FIG. 12-6 Postoperative deep wound infection following wrist surgery.
- FIG. 12-7 Hypertrophic scarring.
- FIG. 12-8 Keloid scarring.
- Red, Yellow, and Black Wounds.
- Red Wounds.
- FIG. 12-9 Wound measurements are made in centimeters. The first measurement is oriented from head to toe, the second is from side to side, and the third is the depth (if any). If there is any tunneling (when cotton-tipped applicator is placed in wound, there is movement) or undermining (when cotton-tipped applicator is placed in wound, there is a “lip” around the wound), this is charted in respect to a clock, with 12 o’clock being toward the patient’s head. This wound would be charted as a full-thickness, red wound, 7 × 5 × 3 cm, with a 3-cm tunnel at 7 o’clock and 2 cm undermining from 3 o’clock to 5 o’clock.
- FIG. 12-10 Jackson-Pratt drainage device.
- TABLE 12-9 FACTORS DELAYING WOUND HEALING
- Yellow Wounds.
- Black Wounds.
- Negative-Pressure Wound Therapy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- What Is the Effect of Tap Water on Wound Cleansing?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- TABLE 12-10 TYPES OF WOUND DRESSINGS
- Hyperbaric Oxygen Therapy.
- FIG. 12-11 Negative-pressure wound therapy. A, Femoral wound that is not healing. B, Negative-pressure wound therapy in place. C, Granulation tissue formation after therapy.
- Delegation Decisions Wound Care
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- TABLE 12-11 TYPES OF DEBRIDEMENT
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Infection Prevention and Control.
- Psychologic Implications.
- Patient Teaching.
- Pressure Ulcers
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 12-12 RISK FACTORS FOR PRESSURE ULCERS
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Pressure Ulcers
- TABLE 12-13 STAGING OF PRESSURE ULCERS
- Nursing Assessment
- Safety Alert
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Safety Alert
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 12-14 ASSESSING PATIENTS WITH DARK SKIN
- TABLE 12-15 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Pressure Ulcers
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Informatics in Practice Digital Images
- TABLE 12-16 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Pressure Ulcer
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Case Study Inflammation and Infection
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 13 Genetics and Genomics
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Genetics and Genomics
- Basic Principles of Genetics
- Genes.
- TABLE 13-1 GLOSSARY OF GENETIC AND GENOMIC TERMS
- Chromosomes.
- DNA.
- FIG. 13-1 The long, stringy DNA that makes up genes is spooled within chromosomes inside the nucleus of a cell. (Note that a gene would actually be a much longer stretch of DNA than what is shown here.)
- RNA.
- Protein Synthesis.
- FIG. 13-2 DNA consists of two long, twisted chains made up of nucleotides. Each nucleotide contains one base, one phosphate molecule (P), and the sugar molecule deoxyribose (S). The bases in DNA nucleotides are adenine (A), thymine (T), cytosine (C), and guanine (G).
- Mitosis.
- Meiosis.
- Genetic Mutations
- FIG. 13-3 In sickle cell disease a single gene mutation leads to mutant (incorrect) protein. The substitution of valine (VAL) for glutamic acid on the β-globin chain of hemoglobin produces abnormal hemoglobin, hemoglobin S (Hb S). In response to low O2 levels, the erythrocytes with Hb S stiffen and elongate, taking on a sickle shape (see Fig. 31-3).
- Types of Mutations.
- Inheritance Patterns
- TABLE 13-2 COMPARISON OF GENETIC DISORDERS
- FIG. 13-4 Examples of family pedigrees showing inheritance of (A) autosomal dominant, (B) autosomal recessive, and (C) X-linked recessive disorders.
- FIG. 13-5 Family pedigrees showing three generations. A, Family pedigree suggestive of an autosomal dominant disorder. B, Family pedigree suggestive of an autosomal recessive disorder. C, Family pedigree suggestive of an X-linked recessive disorder.
- Human Genome Project
- Genetic Disorders
- Classification of Genetic Disorders
- Single Gene Disorders.
- Multifactorial Genetic Disorders.
- Epigenetics.
- FIG. 13-6 A, Genetic disorders can be caused by a mutation in a single gene (e.g., sickle cell disease, cystic fibrosis, hemophilia). B, Most genetic disorders are multifactorial genetic disorders caused by a combination of mutations in multiple genes, often interacting with environmental factors. Examples include cancer, diabetes mellitus, obesity, and hypertension.
- Chromosome Disorders.
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Testing
- TABLE 13-3 USE OF GENETIC TESTS*
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- What Is GINA?
- Why Was GINA Needed?
- What Is a Genetic Test?
- What Is Genetic Information?
- What Does GINA Do?
- Interpreting Genetic Test Results
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Genetic Testing
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Direct-to-Consumer Genetic Tests
- Genetic Technology
- DNA Finger Printing.
- DNA Microarray (DNA Chip).
- TABLE 13-4 PATIENT & FAMILY TEACHING GUIDE: Genetic Testing
- Genome-Wide Association Study (GWAS)
- Pharmacogenetics and Pharmacogenomics
- TABLE 13-5 EXAMPLES OF PHARMACOGENETICS
- FIG. 13-7 Individuals respond differently to the drug warfarin (Coumadin). The diversity of responses is partially due to genetic variants in one of the cytochrome P450 genes.
- Gene Therapy
- FIG. 13-8 Gene therapy for adenosine deaminase (ADA) deficiency attempts to correct this immunodeficiency state. The viral vector containing the therapeutic ADA gene is inserted into the patient’s lymphocytes. These cells can then make the ADA enzyme.
- Stem Cell Therapy
- Nursing Management Genetics and Genomics
- FIG. 13-9 Punnett squares illustrate inheritance possibilities. A, If the mother and father are both carriers for cystic fibrosis, there is a 25% chance that offspring will have cystic fibrosis. B, If the mother is a carrier for the hemophilia gene and the father has a normal genotype, there is a 50% chance that any male offspring will have hemophilia. There is a 50% chance that any female offspring will be a carrier. C, If the mother has a normal genotype and the father has Huntington’s disease, there is a 50% chance that offspring will have the disease.
- Nursing Assessment Family History
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 14 Altered Immune Responses and Transplantation
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Normal Immune Response
- Antigens
- Types of Immunity
- Innate Immunity.
- Acquired Immunity.
- Active Acquired Immunity.
- Passive Acquired Immunity.
- Lymphoid Organs
- TABLE 14-1 TYPES OF ACQUIRED SPECIFIC IMMUNITY
- Healthy People
- Cells Involved in Immune Response
- Mononuclear Phagocytes.
- FIG. 14-1 Organs of the immune system.
- Lymphocytes.
- B Lymphocytes.
- T Lymphocytes.
- T Cytotoxic Cells.
- T Helper Cells.
- Natural Killer Cells.
- FIG. 14-2 The immune response to a virus. A, A virus invades the body through a break in the skin or another portal of entry. The virus must make its way inside a cell to replicate itself. B, A macrophage recognizes the antigens on the surface of the virus. The macrophage digests the virus and displays pieces of the virus (antigens) on its surface. C, A T helper cell recognizes the antigen displayed and binds to the macrophage. This binding stimulates the production of cytokines (interleukin-1 [IL-1] and tumor necrosis factor [TNF] ) by the macrophage and interleukin-2 (IL-2) and γ-interferon (γ-IFN) by the T cell. These cytokines are intracellular messengers that provide communication among the cells. D, IL-2 instructs other T helper cells and T cytotoxic cells to proliferate (multiply). T helper cells release cytokines, causing B cells to multiply and produce antibodies. E, T cytotoxic cells and natural killer cells destroy infected body cells. F, The antibodies bind to the virus and mark it for macrophage destruction. G, Memory B and T cells remain behind to respond quickly if the same virus attacks again.
- FIG. 14-3 Relationships and functions of macrophages, B lymphocytes, and T lymphocytes in an immune response.
- TABLE 14-2 CHARACTERISTICS OF IMMUNOGLOBULINS
- Dendritic Cells.
- Cytokines
- TABLE 14-3 TYPES AND FUNCTIONS OF CYTOKINES*
- Comparison of Humoral and Cell-Mediated Immunity
- FIG. 14-4 Mechanism of action of interferon (IFN). When a virus attacks a cell, the cell begins to synthesize viral DNA and interferon. Interferon serves as an intercellular messenger and induces the production of antiviral proteins. Then the virus is not able to replicate in the cell.
- Humoral Immunity.
- TABLE 14-4 CLINICAL USES OF CYTOKINES
- TABLE 14-5 COMPARISON OF HUMORAL AND CELL-MEDIATED IMMUNITY
- FIG. 14-5 Primary and secondary immune responses. The introduction of antigen induces a response dominated by two classes of immunoglobulins, IgM and IgG. IgM predominates in the primary response, with some IgG appearing later. After the host’s immune system is primed, another challenge with the same antigen induces the secondary response, in which some IgM and large amounts of IgG are produced.
- Cell-Mediated Immunity.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on the Immune System
- TABLE 14-6 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Effects of Aging on the Immune System
- Altered Immune Response
- Hypersensitivity Reactions
- Type I: IgE-Mediated Reactions.
- TABLE 14-7 TYPES OF HYPERSENSITIVITY REACTIONS
- FIG. 14-6 Steps in a type I allergic reaction.
- TABLE 14-8 MEDIATORS OF ALLERGIC RESPONSE*
- Anaphylaxis.
- Atopic Reactions.
- FIG. 14-7 Clinical manifestations of a systemic anaphylactic reaction.
- TABLE 14-9 ALLERGENS CAUSING ANAPHYLACTIC SHOCK
- Drugs
- Foods
- Treatment Measures
- Insect Venoms
- Animal Sera
- FIG. 14-8 Atopic dermatitis of the lower leg.
- Type II: Cytotoxic and Cytolytic Reactions.
- Hemolytic Transfusion Reactions.
- Goodpasture Syndrome.
- Type III: Immune-Complex Reactions.
- Type IV: Delayed Hypersensitivity Reactions.
- Contact Dermatitis.
- FIG. 14-9 Contact dermatitis to rubber.
- Microbial Hypersensitivity Reactions.
- Allergic Disorders
- Assessment
- Diagnostic Studies
- Skin Tests.
- TABLE 14-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Allergies
- Procedure.
- Results.
- Precautions.
- Collaborative Care
- Anaphylaxis.
- Chronic Allergies.
- Allergen Recognition and Control.
- TABLE 14-11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Anaphylactic Shock
- Drug Therapy.
- Antihistamines.
- Sympathomimetic/Decongestant Drugs.
- Corticosteroids.
- Antipruritic Drugs.
- Mast Cell–Stabilizing Drug.
- Leukotriene Receptor Antagonists.
- Immunotherapy.
- Mechanism of Action.
- Method of Administration.
- Subcutaneous Immunotherapy.
- Sublingual Immunotherapy.
- Nursing Management Immunotherapy
- Latex Allergies
- Types of Latex Allergies.
- Latex-Food Syndrome.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Latex Allergies
- Multiple Chemical Sensitivity
- TABLE 14-12 GUIDELINES FOR PREVENTING ALLERGIC LATEX REACTIONS
- Autoimmunity
- TABLE 14-13 EXAMPLES OF AUTOIMMUNE DISEASES*
- Autoimmune Diseases
- Apheresis
- Plasmapheresis.
- Immunodeficiency Disorders
- Primary Immunodeficiency Disorders
- Secondary Immunodeficiency Disorders
- TABLE 14-14 PRIMARY IMMUNODEFICIENCY DISORDERS
- TABLE 14-15 CAUSES OF SECONDARY IMMUNODEFICIENCY
- Drug-Induced Immunodeficiency
- Age
- Malnutrition
- Therapies
- Diseases or Disorders
- Stress
- Human Leukocyte Antigen System
- Human Leukocyte Antigen and Disease Associations
- FIG. 14-10 Patterns of human leukocyte antigen (HLA) inheritance. A, HLA genes are located on chromosome 6. B, The two haplotypes of the father are labeled P1 and P2, and the haplotypes of the mother are labeled M1 and M2. Each child inherits two haplotypes, one from each parent. C, Therefore only four combinations—P1M1, P1M2, P2M1, and P2M2—are possible, and 25% of the offspring will have identical HLA haplotypes.
- Organ Transplantation
- FIG. 14-11 Tissues and organs that can be transplanted.
- Tissue Typing
- HLA Typing.
- Panel of Reactive Antibodies.
- Crossmatch.
- Transplant Rejection
- Hyperacute Rejection.
- Acute Rejection.
- Chronic Rejection.
- FIG. 14-12 Mechanism of action of T cytotoxic lymphocyte activation and attack of transplanted tissue. The transplanted organ (e.g., kidney) is recognized as foreign and activates the immune system. T helper cells are activated to produce interleukin-2 (IL-2), and T cytotoxic lymphocytes are sensitized. After the T cytotoxic cells proliferate, they attack the transplanted organ.
- Immunosuppressive Therapy
- TABLE 14-16 DRUG THERAPY: Immunosuppressive Therapy
- Calcineurin Inhibitors.
- FIG. 14-13 Sites of action for immunosuppressive agents.
- Drug Alert
- Sirolimus.
- Mycophenolate Mofetil.
- Drug Alert
- Monoclonal Antibodies.
- Polyclonal Antibody.
- Graft-Versus-Host Disease
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resource
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 15 Infection and Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Infections
- Types of Pathogens
- TABLE 15-1 DISEASE-CAUSING BACTERIA
- TABLE 15-2 DISEASE-CAUSING VIRUSES
- TABLE 15-3 DISEASE-CAUSING FUNGI
- Emerging Infections
- TABLE 15-4 EMERGING INFECTIONS
- Reemerging Infections
- TABLE 15-5 REEMERGING INFECTIONS
- Antibiotic-Resistant Organisms
- TABLE 15-6 ANTIBIOTIC-RESISTANT ORGANISMS AND TREATMENT
- TABLE 15-7 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Decrease Risk for Antibiotic-Resistant Infection
- Health Care–Associated Infections
- TABLE 15-8 OSHA REQUIREMENTS FOR PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Infections in Older Adults
- Safety Alert
- Infection Prevention and Control
- Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Guidelines
- Infection Precautions
- Human Immunodeficiency Virus Infection
- Significance of Problem
- Transmission of HIV
- FIG. 15-1 Viral load in the blood in relationship to number of CD4+ T cells over the spectrum of untreated HIV infection.
- Sexual Transmission.
- Contact With Blood and Blood Products.
- FIG. 15-2 HIV is surrounded by an envelope made up of proteins (including gp120) and contains a core of viral RNA and proteins.
- Perinatal Transmission.
- Pathophysiology
- FIG. 15-3 HIV has gp120 glycoproteins that attach to CD4 and chemokine CXCR4 and CCR5 receptors on the surface of CD4+ T cells. Viral RNA then enters the cell, produces viral DNA in the presence of reverse transcriptase, and incorporates itself into the cellular genome in the presence of integrase, causing permanent cellular infection and the production of new virions. New viral RNA develops initially in long strands that are cut in the presence of protease and leave the cell through a budding process that ultimately contributes to cellular destruction.
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Acute Infection.
- FIG. 15-4 Timeline for the spectrum of untreated HIV infection. The timeline represents the course of untreated illness from the time of infection to clinical manifestations of disease.
- Chronic HIV Infection
- Asymptomatic Infection.
- Symptomatic Infection.
- FIG. 15-5 Oral thrush involving hard and soft palate.
- FIG. 15-6 Kaposi sarcoma (KS). The malignant vascular lesions of KS can appear anywhere on the skin surface or on internal organs. Lesions vary in size from pinpoint to large and may appear in a variety of shades.
- AIDS.
- FIG. 15-7 Oral hairy leukoplakia on the lateral aspect of the tongue.
- TABLE 15-9 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR AIDS
- Diagnostic Studies
- Diagnosis of HIV Infection.
- Laboratory Studies in HIV Infection.
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 15-10 OPPORTUNISTIC DISEASES ASSOCIATED WITH HIV INFECTION*
- TABLE 15-11 HIV-ANTIBODY TESTS
- Drug Therapy for HIV Infection.
- TABLE 15-12 DRUG THERAPY: HIV Infection
- Drug Alert
- Drug Therapy for Opportunistic Diseases.
- Preventing Transmission of HIV.
- Nursing Management HIV Infection
- Nursing Assessment
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Healthy People
- Prevention of HIV Infection.
- TABLE 15-13 NURSING ASSESSMENT: HIV-Infected Patient
- TABLE 15-14 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Antiretroviral Drugs
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Decreasing Risks Related to Sexual Intercourse.
- Decreasing Risks Related to Drug Use.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Individual Versus Public Health Protection
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Decreasing Risks of Perinatal Transmission.
- Decreasing Risks at Work.
- HIV Testing.
- Acute Intervention
- Early Intervention.
- Initial Response to Diagnosis of HIV.
- Informatics in Practice Use of Internet and Mobile Devices to Manage HIV
- Antiretroviral Therapy.
- TABLE 15-15 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Improving Adherence to Antiretroviral Therapy
- Delaying Disease Progression.
- Acute Exacerbations.
- TABLE 15-16 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Signs and Symptoms HIV Patients Need to Report
- FIG. 15-8 Chest x-ray showing interstitial infiltrates as the result of Pneumocystis jiroveci pneumonia.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Stigma of HIV.
- Disease and Drug Side Effects.
- FIG. 15-9 Lipodystrophy manifestations.
- End-of-Life Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- HIV Infection
- Case Study HIV Infection
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 16 Cancer
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTables
- TABLE 16-1 CANCER INCIDENCE BY SITE AND GENDER*
- TABLE 16-2 CANCER DEATHS BY SITE AND GENDER*
- Gender Differences Cancer
- Men
- Women
- Informatics in Practice Managing Cancer Patients’ Symptoms
- Biology of Cancer
- Defect in Cell Proliferation
- FIG. 16-1 Cell life cycle and metabolic activity. Generation time is the period from M phase to M phase. Cells not in the cycle but capable of division are in the resting phase (G0).
- Defect in Cell Differentiation
- Genetic Link
- Development of Cancer
- Initiation.
- Genetic Link
- Carcinogens.
- Chemical Carcinogens.
- FIG. 16-2 Process of cancer development.
- Radiation.
- Viral Carcinogens.
- Promotion.
- FIG. 16-3 Main sites of metastasis.
- Progression.
- FIG. 16-4 The pathogenesis of cancer metastasis. To produce metastases, tumor cells must detach from the primary tumor and enter the circulation, survive in the circulation to arrest in the capillary bed, adhere to capillary basement membrane, gain entrance into the organ parenchyma, respond to growth factors, proliferate and induce angiogenesis, and evade host defenses.
- Role of the Immune System
- FIG. 16-5 Tumor-associated antigens appear on the cell surface of malignant cells.
- Escape Mechanisms From Immunologic Surveillance.
- Oncofetal Antigens and Tumor Markers.
- FIG. 16-6 Blocking antibodies prevent T cells from interacting with tumor-associated antigens and from destroying the malignant cell.
- Benign Versus Malignant Neoplasms
- Classification of Cancer
- TABLE 16-3 COMPARISON OF BENIGN AND MALIGNANT NEOPLASMS
- Anatomic Site Classification
- Histologic Classification
- TABLE 16-4 ANATOMIC CLASSIFICATION OF TUMORS
- Extent of Disease Classification
- Clinical Staging.
- TNM Classification System.
- TABLE 16-5 TNM CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
- Prevention and Early Detection of Cancer
- TABLE 16-6 SEVEN WARNING SIGNS OF CANCER
- Healthy People Prevention and Early Detection of Cancer
- Diagnosis of Cancer
- Biopsy.
- FIG. 16-7 Positron emission tomography (PET) scan before treatment (A) indicating metastasis throughout the body. PET scan after treatment (B) indicates the effects of therapy. More radioactive material accumulates in areas that have higher levels of activity. This often corresponds to areas of disease and shows up as brighter spots on the PET scan.
- Collaborative Care
- Treatment Goals
- FIG. 16-8 Goals of cancer treatment.
- Cure.
- Control.
- Palliation.
- Surgical Therapy
- Prevention
- Cure or Control
- Supportive and Palliative Care
- Chemotherapy
- FIG. 16-9 Role of surgery in the treatment of cancer.
- FIG. 16-10 Goals of chemotherapy.
- Effect on Cells
- Classification of Chemotherapy Drugs
- TABLE 16-7 DRUG THERAPY Chemotherapy Drugs
- Preparation of Chemotherapy
- Methods of Administration
- TABLE 16-8 DRUG THERAPY: Methods of Chemotherapy Administration
- FIG. 16-11 Extravasation injury from infiltration of chemotherapy drug.
- Regional Chemotherapy Administration
- Intraarterial Chemotherapy.
- Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy.
- Intrathecal or Intraventricular Chemotherapy.
- Intravesical Bladder Chemotherapy.
- Effects of Chemotherapy on Normal Tissues
- TABLE 16-9 CELLS WITH RAPID RATE OF PROLIFERATION
- Treatment Plan
- Radiation Therapy
- Effects of Radiation
- Principles of Radiobiology
- TABLE 16-10 TUMOR RADIOSENSITIVITY*
- High Radiosensitivity
- Moderate Radiosensitivity
- Mild Radiosensitivity
- Poor Radiosensitivity
- Simulation and Treatment Planning
- FIG. 16-12 Immobilization device. A head holder and an immobilization mask may be used to ensure accurate positioning for daily treatment of head and neck cancer.
- Treatment
- External Radiation.
- FIG. 16-13 Linear accelerator. Varian Clinac EX linear accelerator with multiple photon and electron energies available for use according to the treatment plan. Patient is positioned on radiation treatment table for treatment of head and neck cancer.
- Internal Radiation.
- Nursing Management Chemotherapy and Radiation Therapy
- Nursing Implementation
- Bone Marrow Suppression.
- Fatigue.
- Gastrointestinal Effects.
- TABLE 16-11 NURSING MANAGEMENT OF PROBLEMS CAUSED BY CHEMOTHERAPY AND RADIATION THERAPY
- Nausea and Vomiting.
- Diarrhea.
- Mucositis.
- Anorexia.
- Skin Reactions
- Radiation Skin Changes.
- FIG. 16-14 Dry desquamation.
- Chemotherapy Skin Changes.
- FIG. 16-15 Wet desquamation.
- TABLE 16-12 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Radiation Skin Reactions
- Pulmonary Effects.
- Cardiovascular Effects.
- Reproductive Effects.
- Coping with Therapy.
- Late Effects of Radiation and Chemotherapy
- Biologic and Targeted Therapy
- FIG. 16-16 Sites of action of targeted therapy. EGFR, Epidermal growth factor receptor; HER-2, human epidermal growth factor receptor 2; VEGF, vascular endothelial growth factor.
- TABLE 16-13 DRUG THERAPY: Biologic and Targeted Therapy*
- Side Effects of Biologic and Targeted Therapy
- Nursing Management Biologic and Targeted Therapy
- Hematopoietic Growth Factors
- TABLE 16-14 DRUG THERAPY: Hematopoietic Growth Factors Used in Cancer Treatment
- Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation
- TABLE 16-15 INDICATIONS FOR HEMATOPOIETIC STEM CELL TRANSPLANTATION
- Malignant Diseases
- Nonmalignant Diseases
- Types of Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplants
- FIG. 16-17 Autologous stem cell transplant.
- Procedures
- Harvest Procedures.
- Preparative Regimens and Stem Cell Infusions.
- Complications.
- TABLE 16-16 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY Protein Foods With High Biologic Value
- Gene Therapy
- Complications Resulting From Cancer
- Nutritional Problems
- Malnutrition
- TABLE 16-17 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: High-Calorie Foods
- Altered Taste Sensation (Dysgeusia)
- Infection
- Oncologic Emergencies
- Obstructive Emergencies
- Superior Vena Cava Syndrome.
- FIG. 16-18 Superior vena caval obstruction in bronchial carcinoma. Note the swelling of the face and neck and the development of collateral circulation in the veins.
- Spinal Cord Compression.
- Third Space Syndrome.
- Metabolic Emergencies
- Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone Secretion.
- Hypercalcemia.
- Tumor Lysis Syndrome.
- Infiltrative Emergencies
- Cardiac Tamponade.
- Carotid Artery Rupture.
- Cancer Pain
- Pain Assessment
- Pain Management
- TABLE 16-18 PAIN ASSESSMENT IN CANCER PATIENTS
- Psychologic Support
- TABLE 16-19 FACTORS AFFECTING HOW PATIENTS COPE WITH CANCER
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Medical Futility
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Cancer
- Cancer Survivorship
- TABLE 16-20 RESOURCES FOR CANCER SURVIVORS
- Culturally Competent Care
- Cancer
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities Cancer
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 17 Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Imbalances
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Homeostasis
- FIG. 17-1 Body water over the life span.
- Water Content of the Body
- Body Fluid Compartments
- FIG. 17-2 Relative volumes of three body fluids. Values represent fluid distribution in a young male adult.
- Calculation of Fluid Gain or Loss
- Electrolytes
- Measurement of Electrolytes
- Electrolyte Composition of Fluid Compartments
- FIG. 17-3 The relative concentrations of the major cations and anions in the intracellular space and the plasma.
- TABLE 17-1 NORMAL SERUM ELECTROLYTE VALUES
- Mechanisms Controlling Fluid and Electrolyte Movement
- Diffusion
- FIG. 17-4 Diffusion is the movement of molecules from an area of high concentration to an area of low concentration. Eventually the sugar molecules are evenly distributed.
- Facilitated Diffusion
- Active Transport
- Osmosis
- FIG. 17-5 Sodium-potassium pump. As sodium (Na+) diffuses into the cell and potassium (K +) diffuses out of the cell, an active transport system supplied with energy delivers Na+ back to the extracellular compartment and K+ to the intracellular compartment. ATP, Adenosine triphosphate.
- FIG. 17-6 Osmosis is the process of water movement through a semipermeable membrane from an area of low solute concentration to an area of high solute concentration.
- Measurement of Osmolality.
- Osmotic Movement of Fluids.
- FIG. 17-7 Effects of water status on red blood cells. A, Hypotonic solution (H2O excess) results in cellular swelling. B, Isotonic solution (normal H2O balance) results in no change. C, Hypertonic solution (H2O deficit) results in cellular shrinking.
- Hydrostatic Pressure
- Oncotic Pressure
- Fluid Movement in Capillaries
- FIG. 17-8 Dynamics of fluid exchange between a capillary and tissue. An equilibrium exists between forces filtering fluid out of the capillary and forces absorbing fluid back into the capillary. Note that the hydrostatic pressure is greater at the arterial end of the capillary than at the venous end. The net effect of pressures at the arterial end of the capillary causes a movement of fluid into the tissue. At the venous end of the capillary, there is net movement of fluid back into the capillary.
- Fluid Shifts
- Shifts of Plasma to Interstitial Fluid.
- Elevation of Venous Hydrostatic Pressure.
- Decrease in Plasma Oncotic Pressure.
- Elevation of Interstitial Oncotic Pressure.
- Shifts of Interstitial Fluid to Plasma.
- Fluid Spacing
- Regulation of Water Balance
- Hypothalamic-Pituitary Regulation
- Renal Regulation
- Adrenal Cortical Regulation
- FIG. 17-9 Factors affecting aldosterone secretion. ACTH, Adrenocorticotropic hormone.
- Cardiac Regulation
- Gastrointestinal Regulation
- TABLE 17-2 NORMAL FLUID BALANCE IN THE ADULT
- FIG. 17-10 Effects of stress on fluid and electrolyte balance. ACTH, Adrenocorticotropic hormone; ADH, antidiuretic hormone; CRH, corticotropin-releasing hormone.
- Insensible Water Loss
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Fluid and Electrolytes
- Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
- Extracellular Fluid Volume Imbalances
- Fluid Volume Deficit
- Collaborative Care
- Fluid Volume Excess
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 17-3 EXTRACELLULAR FLUID IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- Nursing Management Extracellular Fluid Volume Imbalances
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Intake and Output.
- Cardiovascular Changes.
- Respiratory Changes.
- Neurologic Changes.
- Daily Weights.
- FIG. 17-11 Assessment of skin turgor. A and B, When normal skin is pinched, it resumes shape in seconds. C, If the skin remains wrinkled for 20 to 30 seconds, the patient has poor skin turgor.
- Skin Assessment and Care.
- Other Nursing Measures.
- Sodium Imbalances
- FIG. 17-12 Differential assessment of extracellular fluid (ECF) volume.
- Hypernatremia
- Clinical Manifestations.
- FIG. 17-13 Isotonic gains and losses affect mainly the extracellular fluid (ECF) compartment with little or no water movement into the cells. Hypertonic imbalances cause water to move from inside the cell into ECF to dilute the concentrated sodium, causing cell shrinkage. Hypotonic imbalances cause water to move into the cell, causing cell swelling.
- TABLE 17-4 SODIUM IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypernatremia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Hyponatremia
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hyponatremia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Potassium Imbalances
- Hyperkalemia
- TABLE 17-5 POTASSIUM IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- FIG. 17-14 Electrocardiographic changes associated with alterations in potassium status.
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hyperkalemia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Hypokalemia
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypokalemia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 17-6 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Prevention of Hypokalemia
- Calcium Imbalances
- TABLE 17-7 CALCIUM IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- Hypercalcemia
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypercalcemia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Hypocalcemia
- FIG. 17-15 Tests for hypocalcemia. A, Chvostek’s sign is contraction of facial muscles in response to a light tap over the facial nerve in front of the ear. B, Trousseau’s sign is a carpal spasm induced by, C, inflating a blood pressure cuff above the systolic pressure for a few minutes.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypocalcemia
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Phosphate Imbalances
- Hyperphosphatemia
- TABLE 17-8 PHOSPHATE IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- Hypophosphatemia
- Magnesium Imbalances
- Hypermagnesemia
- TABLE 17-9 MAGNESIUM IMBALANCES: CAUSES AND CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS
- Hypomagnesemia
- FIG. 17-16 The normal range of plasma pH is 7.35 to 7.45. A normal pH is maintained by a ratio of 1 part carbonic acid to 20 parts bicarbonate.
- Acid-Base Imbalances
- pH and Hydrogen Ion Concentration
- Acid-Base Regulation
- Buffer System.
- Respiratory System.
- Renal System.
- Alterations in Acid-Base Balance
- Respiratory Acidosis.
- TABLE 17-10 ACID-BASE IMBALANCES
- FIG. 17-17 Kinds of acid-base imbalances. A, Respiratory imbalances caused by carbonic acid (CA) excess and carbonic acid deficit. B, Metabolic imbalances caused by base bicarbonate (BB) deficit and base bicarbonate excess.
- Respiratory Alkalosis.
- Metabolic Acidosis.
- Metabolic Alkalosis.
- Mixed Acid-Base Disorders.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Blood Gas Values.
- TABLE 17-11 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF ACIDOSIS
- TABLE 17-12 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF ALKALOSIS
- Assessment of Fluid, Electrolyte, and Acid-Base Imbalances
- TABLE 17-13 NORMAL ARTERIAL BLOOD GAS VALUES*
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- TABLE 17-14 ARTERIAL BLOOD GAS (ABG) ANALYSIS
- TABLE 17-15 ROME: MEMORY DEVICE FOR ACID-BASE IMBALANCES
- Functional Health Patterns
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Laboratory Values.
- TABLE 17-16 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalances
- Oral Fluid and Electrolyte Replacement
- Intravenous Fluid and Electrolyte Replacement
- Solutions
- Hypotonic.
- Isotonic.
- TABLE 17-17 COMMONLY USED CRYSTALLOID SOLUTIONS
- Hypertonic.
- Intravenous Additives.
- Plasma Expanders.
- Delegation Decisions Intravenous Therapy
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Central Venous Access Devices
- TABLE 17-18 INDICATIONS FOR CENTRAL VENOUS ACCESS DEVICE (CVAD)*
- Centrally Inserted Catheters
- FIG. 17-18 Tunneled central venous catheter. Note tip of the catheter in the superior vena cava.
- Peripherally Inserted Central Catheters
- FIG. 17-19 Peripherally inserted central catheter (PICC) can be inserted using the basilic or cephalic vein.
- TABLE 17-19 COMPLICATIONS OF CENTRAL VENOUS ACCESS DEVICES (CVADs)
- Local
- Systemic
- Implanted Infusion Ports
- Complications
- Nursing Management Central Venous Access Devices
- FIG. 17-20 A, Cross section of implantable port displaying access of the port with the Huber-point needle. Note the deflected point of the Huber-point needle, which prevents coring of the port’s septum. B, Two Huber-point needles used to enter the implanted port. The 90-degree needle is used for top-entry ports for continuous infusion.
- Removal of CVADs
- Case Study Fluid and Electrolyte Imbalance
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resource
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Tutorials
- Section 3 Perioperative Care
- Perioperative Care
- Pre-Test – Section 3
- Interactive Review – Section 3
- Chapter 18 Nursing Management: Preoperative Care
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- TABLE 18-1 SUFFIXES DESCRIBING SURGICAL PROCEDURES
- Surgical Settings
- Patient Interview
- Nursing Assessment of Preoperative Patient
- Subjective Data
- Psychosocial Assessment.
- TABLE 18-2 PSYCHOSOCIAL ASSESSMENT OF PREOPERATIVE PATIENT
- Anxiety.
- Common Fears.
- Hope.
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Helpful Herbs and Vitamins
- Allergies.
- Review of Systems.
- Cardiovascular System.
- Respiratory System.
- Neurologic System.
- Genitourinary System.
- Hepatic System.
- Integumentary System.
- Musculoskeletal System.
- Endocrine System.
- Immune System.
- Fluid and Electrolyte Status.
- Nutritional Status.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- TABLE 18-3 AMERICAN SOCIETY OF ANESTHESIOLOGISTS’ PHYSICAL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM
- Laboratory and Diagnostic Testing.
- Nursing Management Preoperative Patient
- Preoperative Teaching
- TABLE 18-4 HEALTH ASSESSMENT AND PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF PREOPERATIVE PATIENT*
- General Surgery Information.
- TABLE 18-5 COMMON PREOPERATIVE LABORATORY AND DIAGNOSTIC TESTS
- Ambulatory Surgery Information.
- TABLE 18-6 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Preoperative Preparation
- Legal Preparation For Surgery
- Consent for Surgery.
- TABLE 18-7 PREOPERATIVE FASTING RECOMMENDATIONS*
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- References for Evidence
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Informed Consent
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Day-of-Surgery Preparation
- Nursing Role.
- FIG. 18-1 The nurse performs a safety check by verifying that the patient has an identification band (wristband) as part of the preoperative preparations before she goes to surgery.
- Safety Alert
- Preoperative Medications.
- Informatics in Practice Computer-Based Timing for Antibiotic Administration
- TABLE 18-8 PREOPERATIVE CHECKLIST
- Transportation to the Operating Room
- Culturally Competent Care
- Preoperative Patient
- TABLE 18-9 DRUG THERAPY: Commonly Used Preoperative Medications
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Preoperative Patient
- Case Study Preoperative Patient
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 19 Nursing Management: Intraoperative Care
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Physical Environment of Operating Room
- Department Layout
- Holding Area
- Operating Room
- FIG. 19-1 Typical operating room.
- Surgical Team
- Registered Nurse
- TABLE 19-1 INTRAOPERATIVE ACTIVITIES OF PERIOPERATIVE NURSE
- FIG. 19-2 The complexity of surgery requires maintaining asepsis.
- Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse and Surgical Technologist
- Surgeon and Assistant
- TABLE 19-2 NURSING ACTIVITIES DURING SURGICAL EXPERIENCE*
- Registered Nurse First Assistant
- Anesthesia Care Provider
- Nursing Management Patient before Surgery
- Psychosocial Assessment
- Physical Assessment
- Chart Review
- Admitting the Patient
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nursing Management Patient During Surgery
- Room Preparation
- FIG. 19-3 Surgical attire is worn by all people entering the operating room.
- Transferring Patient
- Scrubbing, Gowning, and Gloving
- FIG. 19-4 A sterile field is created before surgery.
- Basic Aseptic Technique
- Assisting Anesthesia Care Provider
- TABLE 19-3 PRINCIPLES OF ASEPTIC TECHNIQUE IN OPERATING ROOM
- Safety Considerations
- FIG. 19-5 When an electrosurgical unit is used, the patient must be properly grounded to prevent unintended injury. A well-vascularized muscle mass is an optimal site. Safety can be compromised by excessive hair, adipose tissue, bony prominences, fluid (edema), adhesive failure, and scar tissue.
- Safety Alert
- Positioning Patient
- Preventing Hypothermia
- Preparing Surgical Site
- Patient After Surgery
- Anesthesia
- Classification of Anesthesia
- TABLE 19-4 CLASSIFICATION OF ANESTHESIA AND PATIENT EFFECTS
- General Anesthesia
- Intravenous Agents.
- Inhalation Agents.
- Adjuncts to General Anesthesia.
- TABLE 19-5 PHASES OF GENERAL ANESTHESIA
- Dissociative Anesthesia.
- Local and Regional Anesthesia
- TABLE 19-6 DRUG THERAPY: General Anesthesia
- TABLE 19-7 DRUG THERAPY: Adjuncts to General Anesthesia
- Methods of Administration.
- FIG. 19-6 Location of needle point and injected anesthetic relative to dura and spinal cord. A, Spinal anesthesia. B, Single-injection epidural. C, Epidural catheter. (Interspaces most commonly used are L2-3, L4-5, L3-4.)
- Spinal and Epidural Anesthesia.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Patient during Surgery
- Catastrophic Events in Operating Room
- Anaphylactic Reactions
- Malignant Hyperthermia
- Future Considerations
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 20 Nursing Management: Postoperative Care
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Postoperative Care of the Surgical Patient
- Postanesthesia Care Unit Admission
- PACU Progression.
- TABLE 20-1 PHASES OF POSTANESTHESIA CARE
- Phase I Initial Assessment.
- TABLE 20-2 PACU ADMISSION REPORT
- TABLE 20-3 INITIAL PACU ASSESSMENT
- Airway
- Breathing
- Circulation
- Neurologic
- Gastrointestinal
- Genitourinary
- Surgical Site
- Pain
- TABLE 20-4 MANIFESTATIONS OF INADEQUATE OXYGENATION
- Central Nervous System
- Cardiovascular System
- Integumentary System
- Respiratory System
- Renal System
- FIG. 20-1 Potential problems in the postoperative period.
- Respiratory Problems
- Etiology
- PACU.
- TABLE 20-5 POSTOPERATIVE RESPIRATORY COMPLICATIONS
- FIG. 20-2 Etiology and relief of airway obstruction.
- FIG. 20-3 Postoperative atelectasis. A, Normal bronchiole and alveoli. B, Mucous plug in bronchiole. C, Collapse of alveoli resulting from atelectasis after absorption of air.
- Clinical Unit.
- Nursing Management Respiratory Problems
- Nursing Assessment
- Delegation Decisions Postoperative Patient
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Safety Alert
- FIG. 20-4 Position of patient during recovery from general anesthesia.
- FIG. 20-5 Proper use of an incentive spirometer.
- FIG. 20-6 Techniques for splinting incision when coughing.
- Cardiovascular Problems
- Etiology
- PACU.
- Clinical Unit.
- Nursing Management Cardiovascular Problems
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- PACU.
- Clinical Unit.
- Neurologic and Psychologic Problems
- Etiology
- PACU.
- Clinical Unit.
- Nursing Management Neurologic and Psychologic Problems
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- PACU.
- Clinical Unit.
- Pain and Discomfort
- Etiology
- Nursing Management Pain
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Alterations in Temperature
- Etiology
- Hypothermia.
- TABLE 20-6 POSTOPERATIVE TEMPERATURE CHANGES
- Fever.
- Nursing Management Altered Temperature
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Gastrointestinal Problems
- Etiology
- Nursing Management Gastrointestinal Problems
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Urinary Problems
- Etiology
- Nursing Management Urinary Problems
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- Integumentary Problems
- Etiology
- Nursing Management Surgical Wounds
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 20-7 DRAINAGE FROM TUBES AND CATHETERS
- Discharge From the PACU
- Discharge to the Clinical Unit
- TABLE 20-8 SURGERY DISCHARGE CRITERIA
- Ambulatory Surgery
- Phase II and Extended Observation
- Ambulatory Surgery Discharge
- TABLE 20-9 POSTOPERATIVE SBAR HANDOFF COMMUNICATION
- TABLE 20-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Care of Patient on Admission to Clinical Unit
- Informatics in Practice Discharge Teaching
- Planning for Discharge and Follow-up Care
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Postoperative Patient
- Case Study Postoperative Patient
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Collaborative Care
- Postoperative Orders
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Patients
- Stockbyte/Thinkstock
- Ryan McVay/Photodisc/Thinkstock
- Ryan McVay/Digital Vision/Thinkstock
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 4 Problems Related to Altered Sensory Input
- Problems Related to Altered Sensory Input
- Pre-Test – Section 4
- Interactive Review – Section 4
- Chapter 21 Nursing Assessment: Visual and Auditory Systems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Visual System
- Structures and Functions of Visual System
- FIG. 21-1 The human eye.
- Structures and Functions of Vision
- Eyeball.
- Refractive Media.
- Refractive Errors.
- Visual Pathways.
- External Structures and Functions
- FIG. 21-2 The visual pathway. Fibers from the nasal portion of each retina cross over to the opposite side of the optic chiasma, terminating in the lateral geniculate body of the opposite side. Location of a lesion in the visual pathway determines the resulting visual defect.
- FIG. 21-3 External eye and lacrimal apparatus. Tears produced in the lacrimal gland pass over the surface of the eye and enter the lacrimal canal.
- Internal Structures and Functions
- TABLE 21-1 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Visual System
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Visual System
- Focused Assessment
- Assessment of Visual System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- FIG. 21-4 Arcus senilis, or age-related degeneration of the cornea.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Jack Hollingsworth/Photodisc/Thinkstock
- Critical Thinking
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 21-2 HEALTH HISTORY: Visual System
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Glaucoma
- Age-Related Macular Degeneration (AMD)
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Case Study Subjective Data
- Jack Hollingsworth/Photodisc/Thinkstock
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- TABLE 21-3 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF VISUAL SYSTEM
- Initial Observation.
- Assessing Functional Status
- Visual Acuity.
- TABLE 21-4 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Assessment Techniques: Visual System
- Extraocular Muscle Functions.
- Pupil Function and Intraocular Pressure.
- Assessing Structures.
- Eyebrows, Eyelashes, and Eyelids.
- Conjunctiva and Sclera.
- TABLE 21-5 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Visual System
- FIG. 21-5 Magnified view of retina through the ophthalmoscope.
- Cornea.
- Iris.
- Retina and Optic Nerve.
- Special Assessment Techniques
- Color Vision.
- Stereopsis.
- Case Study Objective Data
- Jack Hollingsworth/Photodisc/Thinkstock
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Diagnostic Studies of Visual System
- Auditory System
- Structures and Functions of Auditory System
- External Ear
- TABLE 21-6 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Visual System
- Middle Ear
- Inner Ear
- Transmission of Sound.
- FIG. 21-6 External, middle, and inner ear.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Auditory System
- Focused Assessment
- Assessment of Auditory System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- TABLE 21-7 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Auditory System
- Medications.
- TABLE 21-8 HEALTH HISTORY: Auditory System
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- TABLE 21-9 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF AUDITORY SYSTEM
- External Ear.
- External Auditory Canal and Tympanum.
- FIG. 21-7 The tympanic membrane. A, Landmarks of right tympanic membrane. B, Normal-appearing tympanic membrane. C, Perforated tympanic membrane.
- Diagnostic Studies of Auditory System
- Tests for Hearing Acuity
- Tuning Fork Tests.
- Audiometry.
- TABLE 21-10 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Auditory System
- TABLE 21-11 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Auditory System
- Screening Audiometry.
- Specialized Tests
- Test for Vestibular Function
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 22 Nursing Management: Visual and Auditory Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Visual Problems
- Correctable Refractive Errors
- Nonsurgical Corrections
- Corrective Glasses.
- Contact Lenses.
- Surgical Therapy
- Laser.
- Implant.
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Uncorrectable Visual Impairment
- Nursing Management Visual Impairment
- Nursing Assessment
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Optical Devices for Vision Enhancement.
- Nonoptical Methods for Vision Enhancement.
- Evaluation
- Healthy People
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Visual Impairment
- Eye Trauma
- Extraocular Disorders
- Inflammation and Infection
- TABLE 22-1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Eye Injury
- Trauma
- Chemical Burn
- Thermal Burn
- Foreign Bodies
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- FIG. 22-1 Hordeolum (sty) on the upper eyelid caused by staphylococcal infection.
- Conjunctivitis
- Bacterial Infections.
- Viral Infections.
- Chlamydial Infections.
- Allergic Conjunctivitis.
- Keratitis
- Bacterial Infections.
- Viral Infections.
- Other Causes of Keratitis.
- Corneal Ulcer.
- FIG. 22-2 Corneal ulcer. Infection associated with poor contact lens care.
- Nursing Management Inflammation and Infection
- Dry Eye Disorders
- Strabismus
- Corneal Disorders
- Corneal Scars and Opacities
- Keratoconus
- FIG. 22-3 Sutures on a donated cornea after penetrating keratoplasty (corneal transplant).
- Intraocular Disorders
- Cataract
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nonsurgical Therapy.
- TABLE 22-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cataract
- Surgical Therapy.
- Preoperative Phase.
- Drug Alert
- Intraoperative Phase.
- Postoperative Phase.
- FIG. 22-4 Intraocular lens implant after cataract surgery.
- Nursing Management Cataracts
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 22-3 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: After Eye Surgery
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Cataracts
- Retinopathy
- FIG. 22-5 Diabetic retinopathy. Intraretinal dot or blot hemorrhages.
- Retinal Detachment
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 22-4 RISK FACTORS FOR RETINAL DETACHMENT
- TABLE 22-5 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Retinal Detachment
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy
- Laser Photocoagulation and Cryopexy.
- Scleral Buckling.
- Intraocular Procedures.
- FIG. 22-6 Retinal break with detachment and surgical repair by scleral buckling technique.
- Postoperative Considerations.
- Age-Related Macular Degeneration
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Glaucoma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Chronic Open-Angle Glaucoma
- FIG. 22-7 A, In the normal eye the optic cup is pink with little cupping. B, In glaucoma the optic cup is bleached and optic cupping is present. (Note the appearance of the retinal vessels, which travel over the edge of the optic cup and appear to dip into it.)
- TABLE 22-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Glaucoma
- Acute Angle-Closure Glaucoma.
- TABLE 22-7 DRUG THERAPY: Acute and Chronic Glaucoma
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Glaucoma
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Glaucoma
- Intraocular Inflammation and Infection
- Ocular Tumors
- FIG. 22-8 Uveal melanoma. A large tumor in the choroid, the most common location in the eye for melanoma.
- Enucleation
- Ocular Manifestations of Systemic Diseases
- Auditory Problems External Ear and Canal
- Trauma
- External Otitis
- Nursing and Collaborative Management External Otitis
- TABLE 22-8 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Prevention of External Otitis
- Cerumen and Foreign Bodies in External Ear Canal
- Malignancy of External Ear
- Middle Ear and Mastoid
- Otitis Media
- Acute Otitis Media
- Otitis Media With Effusion
- Chronic Otitis Media and Mastoiditis
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Chronic Otitis Media
- TABLE 22-9 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Chronic Otitis Media
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- FIG. 22-9 Perforation of the tympanic membrane (TM).
- Otosclerosis
- TABLE 22-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Otosclerosis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Inner Ear Problems
- Ménière’s Disease
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Ménière’s Disease
- TABLE 22-11 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Ménière’s Disease
- Benign Paroxysmal Positional Vertigo
- Acoustic Neuroma
- Hearing Loss and Deafness
- Types of Hearing Loss
- Conductive Hearing Loss.
- FIG. 22-10 Causes of hearing loss.
- Sensorineural Hearing Loss.
- Mixed Hearing Loss.
- Central and Functional Hearing Loss.
- TABLE 22-12 CLASSIFICATION OF HEARING LOSS
- Classification of Hearing Loss.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Tinnitus and Hearing Loss.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hearing Loss and Deafness
- Health Promotion
- Environmental Noise Control.
- Healthy People
- Immunizations.
- FIG. 22-11 Range of common environmental sounds.
- Ototoxic Substances.
- Assistive Devices and Techniques
- Hearing Aids.
- TABLE 22-13 TYPES OF HEARING AIDS
- TABLE 22-14 COMMUNICATION WITH HEARING-IMPAIRED PATIENT
- Nonverbal Aids
- Verbal Aids
- Speech Reading.
- Sign Language.
- Cochlear Implant.
- FIG. 22-12 Cochlear implant.
- Assisted Listening Devices.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Hearing Loss
- TABLE 22-15 CLASSIFICATION OF PRESBYCUSIS
- Delegation Decisions Corrective Lenses and Hearing Aids
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Case Study Glaucoma and Diabetic Retinopathy
- Kevin Peterson/Stockbyte/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 23 Nursing Assessment: Integumentary System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Structures and Functions of Skin and Appendages
- Structures
- Epidermis.
- FIG. 23-1 Microscopic view of the skin in longitudinal section.
- Dermis.
- Subcutaneous Tissue.
- Skin Appendages.
- FIG. 23-2 Structure of a nail.
- FIG. 23-3 Pigmented nail bed normally seen with dark skin color.
- Functions of Integumentary System
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Integumentary System
- TABLE 23-1 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Integumentary System
- FIG. 23-4 Photoaging. Irregular pigmentation and keratoses occur on sun-damaged skin on forehead.
- TABLE 23-2 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF INTEGUMENTARY SYSTEM
- Assessment of Integumentary System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Genetic Risk Alert
- TABLE 23-3 HEALTH HISTORY: Integumentary System
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Inspection.
- TABLE 23-4 PRIMARY SKIN LESIONS
- TABLE 23-5 SECONDARY SKIN LESIONS
- TABLE 23-6 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Assessment Variations in Light- and Dark-Skinned Individuals
- TABLE 23-7 LESION DISTRIBUTION TERMINOLOGY
- FIG. 23-5 Intertrigo. Rash in body folds with Candida infection.
- TABLE 23-8 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Integumentary System
- Palpation.
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect
- Palpate
- Assessment of Dark Skin
- FIG. 23-6 Keloid. Hypertrophic scarring after skin injury, which is more common in dark-skinned individuals.
- FIG. 23-7 Vitiligo. Total loss of pigment in the affected area.
- FIG. 23-8 Nevus of Ota. Flat gray to blue pigmentation in the upper trigeminal area, which is more common in dark-skinned individuals.
- FIG. 23-9 Traction alopecia. Hair loss in scalp because of prolonged tension from hair rollers, braiding, or straightening combs.
- FIG. 23-10 Patch test. Results from an application of possible allergens to the skin shows positive reactions in the sites labeled “standard” and “shoe.”
- Case Study—cont’d
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Diagnostic Studies of Integumentary System
- TABLE 23-9 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Integumentary System
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 24 Nursing Management: Integumentary Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Health Promotion
- Environmental Hazards
- Sun Exposure.
- TABLE 24-1 WAVELENGTHS OF SUN AND EFFECTS ON SKIN
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Is Sun-Protective Counseling Effective?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Irritants and Allergens.
- TABLE 24-2 DRUG THERAPY: Drugs That May Cause Photosensitivity
- FIG. 24-1 Intense eruption in areas exposed to sunlight after patient started on hydrochlorothiazide.
- Radiation.
- Rest and Sleep
- Exercise
- Hygiene
- Nutrition
- Self-Treatment
- Malignant Skin Neoplasms
- FIG. 24-2 The ABCDEs of melanoma. A, Asymmetry: one half unlike the other half. B, Border irregularity: edges are ragged, notched, or blurred. C, Color: varied pigmentation; shades of tan, brown, and black. D, Diameter: greater than 6 mm (diameter of a pencil eraser). E, (not pictured) Evolving; changing appearance (change in shape, size, color, or other characteristic is noted over time).
- Risk Factors
- Nonmelanoma Skin Cancers
- Actinic Keratosis
- Basal Cell Carcinoma
- Squamous Cell Carcinoma
- TABLE 24-3 PREMALIGNANT AND MALIGNANT CONDITIONS OF THE SKIN
- Malignant Melanoma
- FIG. 24-3 Dysplastic nevus. Irregular border and color.
- FIG. 24-4 Basal cell carcinoma. Rolled, well-defined border and central erosion.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 24-5 Breslow measurement of tumor thickness. A, Thin (0.08 mm) superficial spreading melanoma, good prognosis. B, Thick nodular melanoma with lymph node involvement, poor prognosis.
- Collaborative Care
- Atypical or Dysplastic Nevus
- TABLE 24-4 COMMON BACTERIAL INFECTIONS OF THE SKIN
- Skin Infections and Infestations
- Bacterial Infections
- Viral Infections
- FIG. 24-6 Cellulitis with characteristic erythema, tenderness, and edema.
- FIG. 24-7 Herpes zoster (shingles) on the anterior chest, classic dermatomal distribution.
- FIG. 24-8 Plantar wart. A, Keratotic lesion. B, After excision.
- Fungal Infections
- FIG. 24-9 Tinea unguium (onychomycosis). Fungal infection of toenails. Crumbly, discolored, and thickened nails.
- TABLE 24-5 COMMON VIRAL INFECTIONS OF THE SKIN
- TABLE 24-6 COMMON FUNGAL INFECTIONS OF THE SKIN
- TABLE 24-7 COMMON INFESTATIONS AND INSECT BITES
- Infestations and Insect Bites
- Allergic Dermatologic Problems
- Benign Dermatologic Problems
- TABLE 24-8 COMMON ALLERGIC CONDITIONS OF THE SKIN
- FIG. 24-10 Acne vulgaris. Papules and pustules.
- Drug Alert
- Diseases with Dermatologic Manifestations
- FIG. 24-11 Psoriasis. Characteristic inflammation and scaling.
- TABLE 24-9 COMMON BENIGN CONDITIONS OF THE SKIN
- Collaborative Care Dermatologic Problems
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Therapy
- Phototherapy.
- TABLE 24-10 DRUG THERAPY: Common Bases for Topical Medications
- Radiation Therapy.
- Laser Technology.
- TABLE 24-11 SKIN CONDITIONS TREATED BY LASER
- Drug Therapy
- Antibiotics.
- Corticosteroids.
- Antihistamines.
- Topical Fluorouracil.
- Immunomodulators.
- Diagnostic and Surgical Therapy
- Skin Scraping.
- Electrodesiccation and Electrocoagulation.
- Curettage.
- Punch Biopsy.
- FIG. 24-12 Punch biopsy. A, Removal of skin for diagnostic purposes. B, Specimen obtained.
- Cryosurgery.
- Excision.
- FIG. 24-13 A, Removal of melanoma by Mohs’ surgery. B, After plastic surgery using a skin flap to repair defect.
- Nursing Management Dermatologic Problems
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- Wet Dressings.
- Baths.
- Topical Medications.
- Control of Pruritus.
- Prevention of Spread.
- Prevention of Secondary Infections.
- Specific Skin Care.
- Psychologic Effects of Chronic Dermatologic Problems.
- Physiologic Effects of Chronic Dermatologic Problems.
- TABLE 24-12 COMMON COSMETIC TOPICAL PROCEDURES
- Cosmetic Procedures
- Elective Surgery
- Laser Surgery.
- Face-Lift.
- FIG. 24-14 Face-lift. A, Preoperative. B, Postoperative.
- Liposuction.
- Delegation Decisions Skin Care
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Nursing Management Cosmetic Surgery
- Preoperative Management
- Postoperative Management
- Skin Grafts
- Uses
- Types
- Case Study Malignant Melanoma and Dysplastic Nevi
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 25 Nursing Management: Burns
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- TABLE 25-1 SOURCES OF BURN INJURY*
- Kitchen and Bathroom
- General Household
- TABLE 25-2 STRATEGIES TO REDUCE BURN INJURY
- Types of Burn Injury
- Thermal Burns
- FIG. 25-1 Types of burn injury. A, Partial-thickness thermal hand burn. B, Full-thickness thermal hand burn. C, Full-thickness scald burn to the buttock and lower back secondary to immersion in hot water.
- Chemical Burns
- Smoke and Inhalation Injury
- TABLE 25-3 MANIFESTATIONS OF LUNG INJURY ASSOCIATED WITH BURNS
- Metabolic Asphyxiation.
- Upper Airway Injury.
- Lower Airway Injury.
- Electrical Burns
- FIG. 25-2 Electrical injury produces heat coagulation of blood supply and contact area as electric current passes through the skin. A, Back and buttock (arrows). B, Leg (arrow).
- Cold Thermal Injury
- TABLE 25-4 BURN CENTER REFERRAL CRITERIA
- Classification of Burn Injury
- Depth of Burn
- FIG. 25-3 Cross section of skin indicating the depth of burn and structures involved.
- Extent of Burn
- Location of Burn
- TABLE 25-5 CLASSIFICATION OF BURN INJURY DEPTH
- FIG. 25-4 A, Lund-Browder chart. By convention, areas of partial-thickness injury are colored in blue and areas of full-thickness injury in red. Superficial partial-thickness burns are not calculated. B, Rule of Nines chart.
- Patient Risk Factors
- Phases of Burn Management
- Prehospital Care
- TABLE 25-6 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Thermal Burns
- Partial-Thickness (superficial; first-degree) Burn
- Partial-Thickness (deep; second-degree) Burn
- Full-Thickness (third- and fourth-degree) Burns
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Emergent Phase
- TABLE 25-7 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Inhalation Injury
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 25-8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Electrical Burns
- Alternating Current
- Direct Current
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 25-9 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Chemical Burns
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Pathophysiology
- Fluid and Electrolyte Shifts.
- FIG. 25-5 At the time of major burn injury, there is increased capillary permeability. All fluid components of the blood begin to leak into the interstitium, causing edema and a decreased blood volume. Hematocrit increases, and the blood becomes more viscous. The combination of decreased blood volume and increased viscosity produces increased peripheral resistance. Burn shock, a type of hypovolemic shock, rapidly ensues and, if not corrected, can result in death.
- Inflammation and Healing.
- Immunologic Changes.
- FIG. 25-6 A, Facial edema before fluid resuscitation. B, Facial edema after 24 hours.
- FIG. 25-7 The effects of burn shock are shown above the blue line. As the capillary seal is lost, interstitial edema develops. The cellular integrity is also altered, with sodium (Na) moving into the cell in abnormal amounts and potassium (K) leaving the cell. The shifts after the resolution of burn shock are shown below the blue line. The water and sodium move back into the circulating volume through the capillary. The albumin remains in the interstitium. Potassium is transported into the cell and sodium is transported out as the cellular integrity returns.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Cardiovascular System.
- FIG. 25-8 Escharotomies of the chest and arm (indicated by arrows).
- Respiratory System.
- Other Cardiopulmonary Problems.
- Urinary System.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Emergent Phase
- Airway Management
- Fluid Therapy
- TABLE 25-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Burn Injury
- Fluid Therapy (see Table 25-11)
- Wound Care
- Pain and Anxiety
- Physical and Occupational Therapy
- Nutritional Therapy
- Respiratory Therapy
- Psychosocial Care
- Fluid Therapy
- Wound Care
- Early Excision and Grafting
- Pain and Anxiety
- Physical and Occupational Therapy
- Nutritional Therapy
- Respiratory Therapy
- Psychosocial Care
- Drug Therapy (see Table 25-13)
- TABLE 25-11 FLUID RESUSCITATION
- Wound Care
- FIG. 25-9 Cart shower. Showering presents an opportunity for physical therapy and wound care.
- FIG. 25-10 Surgical debridement of full-thickness burns is necessary to prepare the wound for grafting.
- FIG. 25-11 Application of silver sulfadiazine cream to saline-moistened gauze.
- TABLE 25-12 SOURCES OF GRAFTS
- Other Care Measures
- Drug Therapy
- Analgesics and Sedatives.
- Tetanus Immunization.
- Antimicrobial Agents.
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 25-13 DRUG THERAPY: Burn Care
- Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Does the Type of Enteral Feeding Affect Outcomes in Burn Patients?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Nutritional Therapy
- Acute Phase
- Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Laboratory Values
- Sodium.
- Potassium.
- Complications
- Infection.
- Cardiovascular and Respiratory Systems.
- Neurologic System.
- Musculoskeletal System.
- Gastrointestinal System.
- Endocrine System.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Phase
- Wound Care
- Excision and Grafting
- FIG. 25-12 A, Freshly applied split-thickness sheet skin graft to the hand. B, Split-thickness skin graft is harvested from a patient’s thigh using a dermatome. C, Donor site is covered with a hydrophilic foam dressing after harvesting. D, Healed donor site.
- Cultured Epithelial Autografts.
- Artificial Skin.
- FIG. 25-13 Patient with cultured epithelial autograft (CEA). A, Intraoperative application of CEA. B, Appearance of healed CEA.
- Pain Management
- Physical and Occupational Therapy
- Nutritional Therapy
- Rehabilitation Phase
- Pathophysiologic Changes and Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 25-14 Neck contractures.
- Complications
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Rehabilitation Phase
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Burns
- Emotional/Psychologic Needs of Patients and Caregivers
- TABLE 25-14 EMOTIONAL RESPONSES OF BURN PATIENTS*
- Special Needs of Nurses
- Case Study Burn Injury
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 5 Problems of Oxygenation: Ventilation
- Problems of Oxygenation: Ventilation
- Pre-Test – Section 5
- Interactive Review – Section 5
- Chapter 26 Nursing Assessment: Respiratory System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Structures and Functions of Respiratory System
- Upper Respiratory Tract
- FIG. 26-1 Structures of the respiratory tract. A, Pulmonary functional unit. B, Ciliated mucous membrane.
- FIG. 26-2 Landmarks and structures of the chest wall. A, Anterior view. B, Posterior view.
- Lower Respiratory Tract
- FIG. 26-3 Structures of lower airways.
- Surfactant.
- FIG. 26-4 Scanning electron micrograph of lung parenchyma. A, Alveoli (A) and alveolar-capillary membrane (arrow). B, Effects of atelectasis. Alveoli (A) are partially or totally collapsed.
- FIG. 26-5 Partial pressure of respiratory gases in normal respiration. The pressures are shown in inhaled and exhaled air from the lungs and at the level of the alveoli and pulmonary venous and arterial blood vessels.
- Blood Supply.
- Chest Wall
- Physiology of Respiration
- Ventilation.
- Compliance.
- Diffusion.
- Arterial Blood Gases.
- TABLE 26-1 NORMAL ARTERIAL AND VENOUS BLOOD GAS VALUES*
- TABLE 26-2 MANIFESTATIONS OF INADEQUATE OXYGENATION
- Mixed Venous Blood Gases.
- Oximetry.
- Carbon Dioxide Monitoring.
- TABLE 26-3 CRITICAL VALUES FOR PaO2 AND SpO2 *
- Control of Respiration
- Chemoreceptors.
- Mechanical Receptors.
- Respiratory Defense Mechanisms
- Filtration of Air.
- Mucociliary Clearance System.
- Cough Reflex.
- Reflex Bronchoconstriction.
- Alveolar Macrophages.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Respiratory System
- TABLE 26-4 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Respiratory System
- Assessment of Respiratory System
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 26-5 HEALTH HISTORY: Respiratory System
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Nose.
- Mouth and Pharynx.
- Neck.
- Thorax and Lungs.
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- FIG. 26-6 Estimation of thoracic expansion. A, Exhalation. B, Maximal inhalation.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Percussion.
- FIG. 26-7 Sequence for examination of the chest. A, Anterior sequence. B, Lateral sequence. C, Posterior sequence. For palpation, place the palms of the hands in the position designated as “1” on the right and left sides of the chest. Compare the intensity of vibrations. Continue for all positions in each sequence. For percussion, tap the chest at each designated position, moving downward from side to side. Compare percussion sounds at all positions. For auscultation, place the stethoscope at each position and listen to at least one complete inspiratory and expiratory cycle. Keep in mind that, with a female patient, the breast tissue will modify the completeness of the anterior examination.
- TABLE 26-6 PERCUSSION SOUNDS
- FIG. 26-8 Diagram of percussion areas and sounds in the anterior side of the chest.
- FIG. 26-9 Diagram of percussion areas and sounds in the posterior side of the chest. Percussion proceeds from the lung apices to the lung bases while comparing sounds in opposite areas of the chest.
- Auscultation.
- FIG. 26-10 Normal auscultatory sounds.
- TABLE 26-7 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Observe
- Inspect
- Palpate
- Auscultate
- TABLE 26-8 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Respiratory System
- TABLE 26-9 CHEST EXAMINATION FINDINGS IN PULMONARY PROBLEMS
- Diagnostic Studies of Respiratory System
- Sputum Studies
- Skin Tests
- Endoscopic Examinations
- Bronchoscopy.
- TABLE 26-10 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Respiratory System
- FIG. 26-11 Fiberoptic bronchoscope. A, The transbronchoscopic balloon-tipped catheter and the flexible fiberoptic bronchoscope. B, The catheter is introduced into a small airway and the balloon inflated with 1.5 to 2 mL of air to occlude the airway. Bronchoalveolar lavage is performed by injecting and withdrawing 30-mL aliquots of sterile saline solution, gently aspirating after each instillation. Specimens are sent to the laboratory for analysis.
- Lung Biopsy
- TABLE 26-11 INTERPRETING RESPONSES TO TUBERCULIN SKIN TESTING
- Case Study—cont’d
- FIG. 26-12 Transbronchial biopsy needle penetrating the bronchial wall and entering a mass of subcarinal lymph nodes or tumor.
- FIG. 26-13 Thoracentesis. A catheter is positioned in the pleural space to remove accumulated fluid.
- Thoracentesis
- Pulmonary Function Tests
- TABLE 26-12 LUNG VOLUMES AND CAPACITIES
- TABLE 26-13 COMMON MEASURES OF PULMONARY FUNCTION AIRFLOW
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Audio
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 27 Nursing Management: Upper Respiratory Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Problems of Nose and Paranasal Sinuses
- Deviated Septum
- Nasal Fracture
- Rhinoplasty
- Nursing Management Nasal Surgery
- Epistaxis
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Epistaxis
- Allergic Rhinitis
- FIG. 27-1 A, Epistaxis balloon. The balloon is inflated after insertion. B, Epistaxis balloon in proper position in nares.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Allergic Rhinitis
- TABLE 27-1 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Avoiding Allergens in Allergic Rhinitis
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Acute Viral Rhinitis
- TABLE 27-2 DRUG THERAPY: Rhinitis and Sinusitis
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Viral Rhinitis
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Do Probiotics Prevent Upper Respiratory Tract Infections?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Influenza
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Influenza
- TABLE 27-3 TYPES OF INFLUENZA IMMUNIZATION
- Safety Alert
- Sinusitis
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- FIG. 27-2 Location of the sinuses.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Sinusitis
- TABLE 27-4 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Acute or Chronic Sinusitis
- Obstruction of Nose and Sinuses
- Nasal Polyps
- Foreign Bodies
- Problems of Pharynx
- Acute Pharyngitis
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Pharyngitis
- Peritonsillar Abscess
- Problems of Trachea and Larynx
- Airway Obstruction
- Tracheostomy
- FIG. 27-3 Tracheostomy tube. A, Parts of a tracheostomy tube. B, Tracheostomy tube inserted in airway with inflated cuff. (See Table 27-5 and eNursing Care Plan 27-1 [on the website for this chapter] for related nursing management.)
- Nursing Management Tracheostomy
- Providing Tracheostomy Care
- TABLE 27-5 NURSING MANAGEMENT OF TRACHEOSTOMIES
- TABLE 27-6 SUCTIONING A TRACHEOSTOMY TUBE
- FIG. 27-4 Suctioning tracheostomy with closed system suction catheter.
- FIG. 27-5 Changing tracheostomy ties. A, A slit is cut about 1 in (2.5 cm) from the end. The slit end is put into the opening of the cannula. B, A loop is made with the other end of the tape. C, The tapes are tied together with a double knot on the side of the neck. D, A Velcro tracheostomy tube holder can be used instead of twill ties to make tracheostomy tube stabilization more secure.
- TABLE 27-7 TRACHEOSTOMY CARE
- Swallowing Dysfunction
- FIG. 27-6 Changing the tracheostomy tube at home. When a tracheostomy has been in place for several months, the tract will be well formed. The patient can be taught to change the tube using a clean technique at home.
- TABLE 27-8 COMPLICATIONS OF TRACHEOSTOMY
- Speech With a Tracheostomy Tube
- FIG. 27-7 Speaking tracheostomy tubes. A, Fenestrated tracheostomy tube with cuff deflated, inner cannula removed, and tracheostomy tube capped to allow air to pass over the vocal cords. B, Speaking tracheostomy tube. One tube is used for cuff inflation. The second tube is connected to a source of compressed air or O2. When the port on the second tube is occluded, air flows up over the vocal cords, allowing speech with an inflated cuff. (See Table 27-5 and eNursing Care Plan 27-1 for related nursing management.)
- FIG. 27-8 Passy-Muir speaking tracheostomy valve. The valve is placed over the hub of the tracheostomy tube after the cuff is deflated. Multiple options are available and can be used for ventilated and nonventilated patients. The one-way valve allows air to enter the lungs during inspiration and redirects air upward over the vocal cords into the mouth during expiration.
- Informatics in Practice Communication Devices for Patient With Laryngectomy
- Decannulation
- Laryngeal Polyps
- Head and Neck Cancer
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 27-9 Excision of laryngeal cancer. This cancer of the right vocal cord meets criteria for resection by transoral cordectomy. The cord is fully mobile, and the lesion can be fully exposed. It does not approach or cross the anterior commissure.
- FIG. 27-10 A, Normal airflow in and out of the lungs. B, Airflow in and out of the lungs after total laryngectomy. Patients using esophageal speech trap air in the esophagus and release it to create sound.
- FIG. 27-11 Reconstructive surgery involving skin grafts may be needed after a radical neck dissection.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Head and Neck Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 27-9 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Supraglottic Swallow
- TABLE 27-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Head and Neck Cancer
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Radiation Therapy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Voice Rehabilitation.
- FIG. 27-12 Artificial larynx. A, Battery-powered electronic artificial larynx for patient who has had a total laryngectomy. B, The sound waves created by the electrolarynx allow the person to speak.
- FIG. 27-13 Blom-Singer voice prosthesis and tracheostoma valve. With this prosthesis and valve, patients with a laryngectomy can speak normally. Inset shows laryngectomy stoma and voice prosthesis with tracheostoma valve removed.
- Stoma Care.
- Depression.
- Sexuality.
- Delegation Decisions Suctioning and Tracheostomy Care
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Case Study Laryngeal Cancer
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Laryngoscopy
- Physical Examination
- Computed Tomography Scan
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 28 Nursing Management: Lower Respiratory Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Healthy People
- Lower Respiratory Tract Infections
- Acute Bronchitis
- Pertussis
- Pneumonia
- Etiology
- TABLE 28-1 RISK FACTORS FOR PNEUMONIA
- Types of Pneumonia
- Community-Acquired Pneumonia.
- TABLE 28-2 ORGANISMS CAUSING PNEUMONIA
- TABLE 28-3 ASSESSING PNEUMONIA USING CURB-65
- Medical Care–Associated Pneumonia.
- Aspiration Pneumonia.
- Opportunistic Pneumonia.
- FIG. 28-1 Pathophysiologic course of pneumonia.
- Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 28-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Pneumonia
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 28-5 PNEUMOVAX VACCINATION
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 28-6 DRUG THERAPY: Bacterial Community-Acquired Pneumonia
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Pneumonia
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 28-7 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Pneumonia
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Tuberculosis
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 28-8 CLASSIFICATION OF TUBERCULOSIS (TB)
- Classification
- TABLE 28-9 LATENT TUBERCULOSIS (TB) INFECTION COMPARED WITH TB DISEASE
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Tuberculin Skin Test.
- Interferon-γ Release Assays.
- Chest X-Ray.
- Bacteriologic Studies.
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 28-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Pulmonary Tuberculosis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- TABLE 28-11 DRUG THERAPY: Tuberculosis (TB)
- Drug Therapy
- Active TB Disease.
- TABLE 28-12 DRUG THERAPY: Tuberculosis Disease Regimens
- Drug Alert
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Patient Adherence
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Latent Tuberculosis Infection.
- TABLE 28-13 DRUG THERAPY: Latent Tuberculosis Infection Regimens
- Vaccine.
- Nursing Management Tuberculosis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Atypical Mycobacteria
- Pulmonary Fungal Infections
- TABLE 28-14 FUNGAL INFECTIONS OF THE LUNG
- Lung Abscess
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Lung Abscess
- Environmental Lung Diseases
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Lung Cancer
- Etiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- African Americans
- Whites
- Asian/Pacific Islanders and Hispanics
- Other
- Gender Differences
- FIG. 28-2 Lung cancer (peripheral adenocarcinoma). The tumor shows prominent black pigmentation, suggestive of having evolved in an anthracotic scar.
- Pathophysiology
- Paraneoplastic Syndrome.
- TABLE 28-15 TYPES OF PRIMARY LUNG CANCER
- FIG. 28-3 Lung carcinoma. The gray-white tumor tissue is infiltrating the lung. Histologically this tumor is identified as a squamous cell carcinoma.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Which Interventions Improve Well-Being in Lung Cancer?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 28-16 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Lung Cancer
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 28-17 STAGING OF NON–SMALL CELL LUNG CANCER
- Staging.
- Screening for Lung Cancer.
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- Radiation Therapy.
- Stereotactic Body Radiotherapy.
- Chemotherapy.
- Targeted Therapy.
- Other Therapies
- Prophylactic Cranial Radiation.
- Bronchoscopic Laser Therapy.
- Photodynamic Therapy.
- Airway Stenting.
- Radiofrequency Ablation.
- Nursing Management Lung Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 28-18 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Lung Cancer
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Other Types of Lung Tumors
- Chest Trauma and Thoracic Injuries
- TABLE 28-19 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Chest Trauma
- Blunt
- Penetrating
- Respiratory
- Cardiovascular
- Surface Findings
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 28-20 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Thoracic Injuries
- Pneumothorax
- Types of Pneumothorax
- Spontaneous Pneumothorax.
- Iatrogenic Pneumothorax.
- FIG. 28-4 Open pneumothorax resulting from collapse of lung due to disruption of chest wall and outside air entering.
- Traumatic Pneumothorax.
- FIG. 28-5 Tension pneumothorax. As pleural pressure on the affected side increases, mediastinal displacement ensues with resultant respiratory and cardiovascular compromise. Tracheal deviation is an external manifestation of the mediastinal shift.
- Tension Pneumothorax.
- Hemothorax.
- Chylothorax.
- Collaborative Care
- Fractured Ribs
- Flail Chest
- FIG. 28-6 Flail chest produces paradoxic respiration. On inspiration, the flail section sinks in with mediastinal shift to the uninjured side. On expiration, the flail section bulges outward with mediastinal shift to the injured side.
- Chest Tubes and Pleural Drainage
- FIG. 28-7 Placement of chest tubes.
- Chest Tube Insertion
- FIG. 28-8 Chest drainage unit. Both units have three chambers: (1) collection chamber; (2) water-seal chamber; and (3) suction control chamber. Suction control chamber requires a connection to a wall suction source that is dialed up higher than the prescribed suction for the suction to work. A, Water suction. This unit uses water in the suction control chamber to control the wall suction pressure. B, Dry suction. This unit controls wall suction by using a regulator control dial.
- Flutter or Heimlich Valve
- FIG. 28-9 A, Heimlich chest drain valve is a specially designed flutter valve that is used in place of a chest drainage unit for small uncomplicated pneumothorax with little or no drainage and no need for suction. The valve allows for escape of air but prevents the reentry of air into the pleural space. B, Placement of valve between chest tube and vented drainage bag, which can be worn under a person’s clothes.
- Pleural Drainage
- TABLE 28-21 CHEST TUBES AND WATER-SEAL DRAINAGE
- Informatics in Practice Chest Drainage System
- Nursing Management Chest Drainage
- Chest Tube Removal
- Chest Surgery
- Preoperative Care
- TABLE 28-22 CHEST SURGERIES
- Surgical Procedures
- Thoracotomy.
- Video-Assisted Thoracic Surgery.
- Postoperative Care
- Restrictive Respiratory Disorders
- TABLE 28-23 EXTRAPULMONARY CAUSES OF RESTRICTIVE LUNG DISEASE*
- TABLE 28-24 INTRAPULMONARY CAUSES OF RESTRICTIVE LUNG DISEASE*
- Pleural Effusion
- Types
- FIG. 28-10 Fibrothorax resulting from an organization of inflammatory exudate and pleural effusion.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Thoracentesis
- Collaborative Care
- Pleurisy
- Atelectasis
- Interstitial Lung Diseases
- Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis
- Sarcoidosis
- Vascular Lung Disorders
- Pulmonary Edema
- TABLE 28-25 CAUSES OF PULMONARY EDEMA
- Pulmonary Embolism
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 28-11 Large embolus from the femoral vein lying in the main left and right pulmonary arteries.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 28-26 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Pulmonary Embolism
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Pulmonary Embolism
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- Pulmonary Hypertension
- Idiopathic Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 28-12 Pathogenesis of pulmonary hypertension and cor pulmonale.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Pulmonary Hypertension
- Secondary Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
- TABLE 28-27 DRUG THERAPY: Pulmonary Hypertension
- FIG. 28-13 A patient with pulmonary hypertension who is on continuous epoprostenol infusion is being taught how to use the portable infusion pump.
- Cor Pulmonale
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 28-28 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cor Pulmonale
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Lung Transplantation
- Preoperative Care
- TABLE 28-29 INDICATIONS FOR LUNG TRANSPLANTATION*
- Surgical Procedure
- Postoperative Care
- Case Study Pneumonia and Lung Cancer
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 29 Nursing Management: Obstructive Pulmonary Diseases
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Asthma
- Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
- Cystic Fibrosis
- Gender Differences
- Asthma
- Risk Factors for Asthma and Triggers of Asthma Attacks
- Genetics.
- TABLE 29-1 TRIGGERS OF ASTHMA ATTACKS
- Immune Response.
- Allergens.
- Exercise.
- Air Pollutants.
- Occupational Factors.
- Respiratory Tract Infections.
- Nose and Sinus Problems.
- Drugs and Food Additives.
- Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease.
- Psychologic Factors.
- Pathophysiology
- FIG. 29-1 Pathophysiology of asthma. IL, Interleukin.
- FIG. 29-2 Allergic asthma is triggered when an allergen cross-links IgE receptors on mast cells, which are then activated to release histamine and other inflammatory mediators (early-phase response). A late-phase response may occur due to further inflammation.
- FIG. 29-3 Factors causing obstruction (especially expiratory obstruction) in asthma. A, Cross section of a bronchiole occluded by muscle spasm, swollen mucosa, and mucus in the lumen. B, Longitudinal section of a bronchiole.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 29-2 CLASSIFICATION OF ASTHMA SEVERITY
- Classification of Asthma
- Complications
- Severe and Life-Threatening Asthma Exacerbations.
- Safety Alert
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 29-3 COMPARISON OF ASTHMA AND COPD*
- TABLE 29-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Asthma
- TABLE 29-5 COMPONENTS OF ASTHMA CONTROL
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 29-4 Drug therapy: stepwise approach for managing asthma.
- TABLE 29-6 DRUG THERAPY: Long-Term Control Versus Quick Relief of Asthma
- Intermittent and Persistent Asthma.
- Acute Asthma Exacerbations.
- Severe and Life-Threatening Asthma Exacerbations.
- Drug Therapy
- Antiinflammatory Drugs
- Corticosteroids.
- TABLE 29-7 DRUG THERAPY Asthma and Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)*
- FIG. 29-5 Example of an AeroChamber spacer used with a metered-dose inhaler.
- Leukotriene Modifiers.
- Anti-IgE.
- Bronchodilators.
- β2-Adrenergic Agonist Drugs.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Methylxanthines.
- Drug Alert
- Anticholinergic Drugs.
- Inhalation Devices for Drug Delivery.
- Inhalers.
- FIG. 29-6 How to use your metered-dose inhaler correctly.
- TABLE 29-8 PROBLEMS USING A METERED-DOSE INHALER (MDI)
- FIG. 29-7 Example of a dry powder inhaler (DPI).
- TABLE 29-9 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: How to Use a Dry Powder Inhaler (DPI)
- TABLE 29-10 COMPARISON OF METERED-DOSE AND DRY POWDER INHALERS
- Nebulizers.
- Informatics in Practice Home Monitoring of Asthma
- Patient Teaching Related to Drug Therapy.
- Nonprescription Combination Drugs.
- Nursing Management Asthma
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Care Plan 29-1
- Patient With Asthma
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goals
- Respiratory Status: Airway Patency
- Asthma Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Anxiety Level
- Anxiety Reduction
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Asthma Self-Management
- Asthma Management
- TABLE 29-11 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Asthma
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 29-12 ASTHMA ACTION PLAN*
- TABLE 29-13 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Pursed-Lip Breathing (PLB)
- TABLE 29-14 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: How to Use Your Peak Flow Meter
- Evaluation
- Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Etiology
- Cigarette Smoking.
- Gender Differences
- TABLE 29-15 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Asthma
- Occupational Chemicals and Dusts.
- Air Pollution.
- TABLE 29-16 EFFECTS OF TOBACCO SMOKE ON RESPIRATORY SYSTEM
- Infection.
- Genetics.
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- α1-Antitrypsin (AAT) Deficiency.
- Genetic Link
- Aging.
- Pathophysiology
- FIG. 29-8 Pathophysiology of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
- FIG. 29-9 A, Normal lungs showing bronchioles and alveoli. B, Changes in the bronchioles and alveoli in the lungs of a patient with chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
- Clinical Manifestations
- Classification of COPD.
- Complications
- Cor Pulmonale.
- TABLE 29-17 CLASSIFICATION OF COPD SEVERITY*
- FIG. 29-10 Mechanisms involved in the pathophysiology of pulmonary hypertension and cor pulmonale secondary to chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
- COPD Exacerbations.
- Acute Respiratory Failure.
- Depression and Anxiety.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 29-18 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD)
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 29-11 Rubric for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) showing the association between symptoms, spirometric classification, and future risk of exacerbations. The following factors are considered in the rubric: (1) current level of patient’s symptoms as measured by one of two validated questionnaires (modified Medical Research Council [mMRC] Dyspnea Scale [see eTable 29-4] or the COPD Assessment Test [CAT] [see eTable 29-3]); (2) severity of the disease as measured by the FEV1; (3) exacerbation risk as reflected in the spirometric classification or patient’s history of exacerbations; and (4) presence of co-morbidities.
- Smoking Cessation.
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 29-19 DRUG THERAPY: Medication Guidelines for Stable COPD
- Oxygen Therapy.
- Indications for Use.
- Methods of Administration.
- TABLE 29-20 METHODS OF OXYGEN ADMINISTRATION
- FIG. 29-12 Golfer uses Helios liquid portable O2 system.
- Humidification and Nebulization.
- Complications
- Combustion.
- Carbon Dioxide Narcosis.
- Oxygen Toxicity.
- Absorption Atelectasis.
- Infection.
- Delegation Decisions Oxygen Administration
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Chronic Oxygen Therapy at Home.
- TABLE 29-21 HOME OXYGEN DELIVERY SYSTEMS*
- FIG. 29-13 A portable liquid O2 unit can be refilled from a liquid O2 reservoir unit.
- TABLE 29-22 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Home Oxygen Use
- Breathing Retraining.
- Airway Clearance Techniques.
- Effective Coughing.
- Chest Physiotherapy.
- TABLE 29-23 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Effective Huff Coughing
- Postural Drainage.
- Percussion.
- Vibration.
- FIG. 29-14 Cupped-hand position for percussion. The hand should be cupped as though scooping up water.
- FIG. 29-15 Acapella airway clearance device.
- Airway Clearance Devices.
- High-Frequency Chest Wall Oscillation.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- TABLE 29-24 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Maximizing Food Intake in COPD
- Surgical Therapy for COPD.
- Nursing Management Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 29-25 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Pulmonary Rehabilitation.
- Informatics in Practice Texting for Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease (COPD) Patients
- Activity Considerations.
- Nursing Care Plan 29-2
- Patient With Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goals
- Respiratory Status: Ventilation
- Measurement Scale
- Ventilation Assistance
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Respiratory Status: Airway Patency
- Cough Enhancement
- Airway Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Respiratory Status: Gas Exchange
- Oxygen Therapy
- TABLE 29-26 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Sexuality and Sexual Activity.
- Sleep.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Advance Directives
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Psychosocial Considerations.
- Evaluation
- Cystic Fibrosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- FIG. 29-16 People with cystic fibrosis inherit a defective gene on chromosome 7 called cystic fibrosis transmembrane regulator (CFTR). The protein produced by this gene normally helps sodium and chloride move in and out of cells. If the protein does not work correctly, then the movement of sodium and chloride is blocked and an abnormally thick sticky mucus is produced on the outside of the cell.
- FIG. 29-17 Pathologic changes in bronchiectasis. A, Longitudinal section of bronchial wall where chronic infection has caused damage. B, Collection of purulent material in dilated bronchioles, leading to persistent infection. C, Bronchiectasis in a patient with cystic fibrosis who underwent lung transplantation. Cut surfaces of lung show markedly distended peripheral bronchi filled with mucopurulent secretions.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Cystic Fibrosis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 29-27 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Cystic Fibrosis
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Bronchiectasis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Bronchiectasis
- Case Study Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 6 Problems of Oxygenation: Transport
- Problems of Oxygenation: Transport
- Pre-Test – Section 6
- Interactive Review – Section 6
- Chapter 30 Nursing Assessment: Hematologic System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTable
- Structures and Functions of Hematologic System
- Bone Marrow
- FIG. 30-1 Development of blood cells. RBCs, Red blood cells; WBCs, white blood cells.
- Blood
- Plasma.
- TABLE 30-1 FUNCTIONS OF BLOOD
- Blood Cells.
- FIG. 30-2 Approximate values for the components of blood in the adult. Normally, 45% of the blood is composed of blood cells and 55% is composed of plasma.
- Erythrocytes.
- Leukocytes.
- Granulocytes.
- Lymphocytes.
- Monocytes.
- Thrombocytes.
- Normal Iron Metabolism
- Normal Clotting Mechanisms
- Vascular Response.
- FIG. 30-3 Normal iron metabolism. Iron is ingested in the diet or from supplements. Macrophages break down ingested red blood cells (RBCs). Iron is returned to blood bound to transferrin or stored as ferritin or hemosiderin.
- Platelet Plug Formation.
- Plasma Clotting Factors.
- FIG. 30-4 Coagulation mechanism showing steps in the intrinsic pathway and extrinsic pathway as they would occur in the test tube.
- TABLE 30-2 COAGULATION FACTORS
- Lysis of Clot.
- FIG. 30-5 Fibrinolytic system.
- Spleen
- Lymph System
- Liver
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Hematologic System
- TABLE 30-3 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Effects of Aging on Hematologic Studies
- Assessment of Hematologic System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- TABLE 30-4 HEALTH HISTORY: Hematologic System
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Case Study Subjective Data
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Lymph Node Assessment.
- FIG. 30-6 Palpable superficial lymph nodes.
- TABLE 30-5 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Hematologic System
- Palpation of Liver or Spleen.
- Skin Assessment.
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect
- Auscultate
- Palpate
- Case Study Objective Data: Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies of Hematologic System
- Laboratory Studies
- Complete Blood Count.
- Red Blood Cells.
- White Blood Cells.
- TABLE 30-6 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Complete Blood Count Studies
- Platelet Count.
- Blood Typing and Rh Factor.
- TABLE 30-7 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Clotting Studies
- Iron Metabolism.
- TABLE 30-8 ABO BLOOD GROUPS AND COMPATIBILITIES*
- TABLE 30-9 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Miscellaneous Blood Studies
- Radiologic Studies
- Biopsies
- Bone Marrow Examination.
- TABLE 30-10 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Hematologic System
- FIG. 30-7 Bone marrow aspiration from the posterior iliac crest.
- Lymph Node Biopsy.
- Case Study Objective Data: Diagnostic Studies
- Molecular Cytogenetics and Gene Analysis
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 31 Nursing Management: Hematologic Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Anemia
- Definition and Classification
- FIG. 31-1 Causes of anemia.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Integumentary Changes.
- Cardiopulmonary Manifestations.
- TABLE 31-1 MORPHOLOGY AND ETIOLOGY OF ANEMIA
- TABLE 31-2 CLASSIFICATION OF ANEMIA
- Nursing Management Anemia
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Anemia
- TABLE 31-3 MANIFESTATIONS OF ANEMIA
- TABLE 31-4 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Anemia
- Nursing Care Plan 31-1
- Patient With Anemia
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goals
- Fatigue Level
- Energy Conservation
- Energy Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Nutritional Status
- Nutritional Status: Biochemical Measures
- Nutrition Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Knowledge: Diet
- Knowledge: Medication
- Nutritional Counseling
- Teaching: Prescribed Medication
- Anemia Caused by Decreased Erythrocyte Production
- Iron-Deficiency Anemia
- Etiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 31-5 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Nutrients for Erythropoiesis
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 31-6 LABORATORY STUDY FINDINGS IN ANEMIAS
- TABLE 31-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Iron-Deficiency Anemia
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Iron-Deficiency Anemia
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Does Intermittent Iron Supplementation Improve Anemia?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Thalassemia
- Etiology
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Megaloblastic Anemias
- Cobalamin (Vitamin B12) Deficiency
- Etiology
- Pernicious Anemia.
- TABLE 31-8 CLASSIFICATION OF MEGALOBLASTIC ANEMIA
- Other Causes of Cobalamin Deficiency.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Folic Acid Deficiency
- Nursing Management Megaloblastic Anemia
- Anemia of Chronic Disease
- Aplastic Anemia
- Etiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 31-9 CAUSES OF APLASTIC ANEMIA
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Aplastic Anemia
- Anemia Caused by Blood Loss
- Acute Blood Loss
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 31-10 MANIFESTATIONS OF ACUTE BLOOD LOSS
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Acute Blood Loss
- Chronic Blood Loss
- Anemia Caused by Increased Erythrocyte Destruction
- FIG. 31-2 Sequence of events in extravascular hemolysis.
- Sickle Cell Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 31-3 In sickle cell, the hemoglobin forms long inflexible chains and alters the shape of the red blood cells (RBCs). The sickled RBCs can become stuck in the capillaries and occlude the blood flow.
- Sickling Episodes.
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Sickle Cell Disease
- FIG. 31-4 Clinical manifestations and complications of sickle cell disease.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Pain Management
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Acquired Hemolytic Anemia
- Other Red Blood Cell Disorders
- Hemochromatosis
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Genetic Link
- Polycythemia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Primary Polycythemia.
- Genetic Link
- Secondary Polycythemia.
- FIG. 31-5 Differentiating between primary and secondary polycythemia. EPO, Erythropoietin; N, normal.
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Polycythemia Vera
- Problems of Hemostasis
- Thrombocytopenia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Immune Thrombocytopenic Purpura.
- TABLE 31-11 CAUSES OF THROMBOCYTOPENIA
- TABLE 31-12 DRUG AND HERBAL CAUSES OF THROMBOCYTOPENIA*
- Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura.
- Heparin-Induced Thrombocytopenia.
- FIG. 31-6 Acute idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura commonly manifests with purpuric lesions of this kind, although they may often be widespread by the time medical attention is sought.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 31-13 LABORATORY RESULTS IN THROMBOCYTOPENIA
- Collaborative Care
- Immune Thrombocytopenic Purpura.
- TABLE 31-14 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Thrombocytopenia
- Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura.
- Heparin-lnduced Thrombocytopenia.
- Acquired Thrombocytopenia From Decreased Platelet Production.
- Nursing Management Thrombocytopenia
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 31-15 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Thrombocytopenia
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 31-16 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Thrombocytopenia
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Hemophilia and Von Willebrand Disease
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- TABLE 31-17 TYPES OF HEMOPHILIA
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- FIG. 31-7 Severe ecchymoses in a person with hemophilia after a fall.
- FIG. 31-8 Acute hemarthrosis of the knee is a common complication of hemophilia.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 31-18 LABORATORY RESULTS IN HEMOPHILIA
- TABLE 31-19 DRUG THERAPY: Replacement Factors for Hemophilia
- Nursing Management Hemophilia
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 31-9 The sequence of events that occur during disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC).
- TABLE 31-20 RISK FACTORS FOR DIC
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 31-10 Disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC) resulting from staphylococcal septicemia. Note the characteristic skin hemorrhage ranging from small purpuric lesions to larger ecchymoses.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 31-21 LABORATORY RESULTS IN ACUTE DIC
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Nursing Implementation
- FIG. 31-11 Intended sites of action for therapies in disseminated intravascular coagulation (DIC). AT III, Antithrombin III; FSPs, fibrin split products.
- Neutropenia
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 31-22 CAUSES OF NEUTROPENIA
- Safety Alert
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Neutropenia
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 31-23 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Neutropenia
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Neutropenia
- TABLE 31-24 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Neutropenia
- Myelodysplastic Syndrome
- Informatics in Practice Use of Internet to Access Information on Unfamiliar Diseases
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Myelodysplastic Syndrome
- Leukemia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Classification
- Acute Myelogenous Leukemia.
- Acute Lymphocytic Leukemia.
- Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia.
- TABLE 31-25 TYPES OF LEUKEMIA
- Genetic Link
- Chronic Lymphocytic Leukemia.
- Other Leukemias.
- Overlap Between Leukemia and Lymphoma.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 31-12 Pathophysiology of leukemia.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Stages of Chemotherapy.
- Induction Therapy.
- Postinduction or Postremission Therapy.
- Maintenance Therapy.
- Drug Therapy Regimens.
- TABLE 31-26 DRUG THERAPY: Leukemia*
- Other Treatments.
- Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation.
- Nursing Management Leukemia
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 31-27 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Leukemia
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- TABLE 31-28 COMPARISON OF HODGKIN’S AND NON-HODGKIN’S LYMPHOMA
- Lymphomas
- Hodgkin’s Lymphoma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 31-13 Hodgkin’s lymphoma (stage IIA). This patient has enlargement of the cervical lymph nodes.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic and Staging Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hodgkin’S Lymphoma
- FIG. 31-14 Staging system for Hodgkin’s lymphoma and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. Stage I, involvement of single lymph node (e.g., cervical node). Stage II, involvement of two or more lymph nodes on one side of diaphragm. Stage III, lymph node involvement above and below the diaphragm. Stage IV, involvement outside of diaphragm (e.g., liver, bone marrow). The stage is followed by the letter A (absence) or B (presence) to indicate significant systemic symptoms (e.g., fever, night sweats, weight loss).
- Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 31-15 Non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma involving the spleen. The presence of an isolated mass is typical.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic and Staging Studies
- TABLE 31-29 CLASSIFICATION OF NON-HODGKIN’S LYMPHOMA*
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Non-Hodgkin’s Lymphoma
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 31-30 TREATMENT OF NON-HODGKIN’S LYMPHOMA*
- Multiple Myeloma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Multiple Myeloma
- Disorders of the Spleen
- TABLE 31-31 CAUSES OF SPLENOMEGALY
- Blood Component Therapy
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Religious Beliefs
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- TABLE 31-32 BLOOD PRODUCTS*
- Administration Procedure
- Safety Alert
- Delegation Decisions Blood Transfusions
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Blood Transfusion Reactions
- TABLE 31-33 ACUTE TRANSFUSION REACTIONS
- TABLE 31-34 DELAYED TRANSFUSION REACTIONS
- Acute Transfusion Reactions.
- Delayed Transfusion Reactions.
- Autotransfusion
- Case Study Leukemia
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Results
- Bone Marrow Biopsy
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 7 Problems of Oxygenation: Perfusion
- Problems of Oxygenation: Perfusion
- Pre-Test – Section 7
- Interactive Review – Section 7
- Chapter 32 Nursing Assessment: Cardiovascular System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Structures and Functions of Cardiovascular System
- Heart
- Structure.
- Blood Flow Through Heart.
- Cardiac Valves.
- FIG. 32-1 Schematic representation of blood flow through the heart. Arrows indicate direction of flow. 1, The right atrium receives venous blood from the inferior and superior venae cavae and the coronary sinus. The blood then passes through the tricuspid valve into the right ventricle. 2, With each contraction, the right ventricle pumps blood through the pulmonic valve into the pulmonary artery and to the lungs. 3, Oxygenated blood flows from the lungs to the left atrium by way of the pulmonary veins. 4, It then passes through the mitral valve and into the left ventricle. 5, As the heart contracts, blood is ejected through the aortic valve into the aorta and thus enters the systemic circulation.
- Blood Supply to Myocardium.
- Conduction System.
- FIG. 32-2 Anatomic structures of the heart and heart valves.
- FIG. 32-3 Coronary arteries and veins.
- Electrocardiogram.
- FIG. 32-4 A, Conduction system of the heart. AV, Atrioventricular; SA, sinoatrial. B, The normal electrocardiogram (ECG) pattern. The P wave represents depolarization of the atria. The QRS complex indicates depolarization of the ventricles. The T wave represents repolarization of the ventricles. The U wave, if present, may represent repolarization of the Purkinje fibers, or it may be associated with hypokalemia. The PR, QRS, and QT intervals reflect the time it takes for the impulse to travel from one area of the heart to another.
- Mechanical System.
- Factors Affecting Cardiac Output.
- Cardiac Reserve.
- Vascular System
- Blood Vessels.
- FIG. 32-5 Comparative thickness of layers of the artery, vein, and capillary.
- Arteries and Arterioles.
- Capillaries.
- Veins and Venules.
- Regulation of Cardiovascular System
- Autonomic Nervous System.
- Effect on Heart.
- Effect on Blood Vessels.
- Baroreceptors.
- Chemoreceptors.
- Blood Pressure
- Measurement of Arterial Blood Pressure.
- Pulse Pressure and Mean Arterial Pressure.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on the Cardiovascular System
- TABLE 32-1 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Cardiovascular System
- Assessment of Cardiovascular System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- History of Present Illness.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 32-2 CARDIOVASCULAR EFFECTS OF NONCARDIAC DRUGS*
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Coronary Artery Disease
- Cardiomyopathy
- Hypertension
- TABLE 32-3 HEALTH HISTORY: Cardiovascular System
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Values-Belief Pattern.
- Case Study cont’d
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Vital Signs.
- Peripheral Vascular System
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- FIG. 32-6 Common sites for palpating arteries.
- Auscultation.
- Thorax
- Inspection and Palpation.
- FIG. 32-7 Orientation of the heart within the thorax and cardiac auscultatory areas. Red lines indicate the midsternal line (MSL), midclavicular line (MCL), and anterior axillary line (AAL). ICS, Intercostal space; PMI, point of maximal impulse.
- TABLE 32-4 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Cardiovascular System
- Auscultation.
- FIG. 32-8 Relationship of electrocardiogram, cardiac cycle, and heart sounds.
- Case Study cont’d
- TABLE 32-5 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect and Palpate
- Auscultate
- Diagnostic Studies of Cardiovascular System
- Blood Studies
- Cardiac Biomarkers.
- C-Reactive Protein.
- Homocysteine.
- Cardiac Natriuretic Peptide Markers.
- Serum Lipids.
- TABLE 32-6 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Cardiovascular System
- Lipoprotein-Associated Phospholipase A2.
- Chest X-Ray
- FIG. 32-9 Chest x-ray: standard posterior-anterior view.
- Electrocardiogram
- Event Monitor or Loop Recorder.
- Exercise or Stress Testing
- Echocardiogram
- FIG. 32-10 Long-axis images of the aortic and mitral valve with the depth adjusted to optimize evaluation of valve anatomy and motion. The 2-D images (left) in diastole (top) and systole (bottom) show normal aortic and mitral opening and closure. The color flow images (right) show normal left ventricular inflow with no aortic regurgitation in diastole (top) and normal antegrade flow in the left ventricular outflow tract and no mitral regurgitation in systole (bottom).
- Nuclear Cardiology
- Cardiovascular Magnetic Resonance Imaging
- Cardiac Computed Tomography
- Cardiac Catheterization
- FIG. 32-11 Examples of coronary calcification of the left anterior descending coronary artery (large arrow) and left circumflex artery (small arrow) as seen on electron beam computed tomography.
- FIG. 32-12 Normal left coronary artery angiogram.
- Intracoronary Ultrasound.
- Fractional Flow Reserve.
- Case Study cont’d
- Electrophysiology Study
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Audio
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 33 Nursing Management: Hypertension
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- African Americans
- Mexican Americans
- Gender Differences
- Men
- Women
- Normal Regulation of Blood Pressure
- Sympathetic Nervous System
- FIG. 33-1 Factors influencing blood pressure (BP). Hypertension develops when one or more of the BP-regulating mechanisms are defective.
- Baroreceptors.
- TABLE 33-1 SYMPATHETIC NERVOUS SYSTEM RECEPTORS AFFECTING BLOOD PRESSURE
- Vascular Endothelium
- Renal System
- Endocrine System
- TABLE 33-2 CLASSIFICATION OF HYPERTENSION
- Hypertension
- Classification of Hypertension
- Etiology
- Primary Hypertension.
- Secondary Hypertension.
- TABLE 33-3 CAUSES OF SECONDARY HYPERTENSION*
- Pathophysiology of Primary Hypertension
- Genetic Link
- Water and Sodium Retention.
- TABLE 33-4 RISK FACTORS FOR PRIMARY HYPERTENSION
- Altered Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone Mechanism.
- Stress and Increased Sympathetic Nervous System Activity.
- Insulin Resistance and Hyperinsulinemia.
- Endothelium Dysfunction.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Hypertensive Heart Disease
- Coronary Artery Disease.
- TABLE 33-5 MANIFESTATIONS OF TARGET ORGAN DISEASE
- Left Ventricular Hypertrophy.
- Heart Failure.
- Cerebrovascular Disease.
- FIG. 33-2 A, Massively enlarged heart caused by hypertrophy of the muscle in the left ventricle. B, Compare with the thickness of the normal left ventricle. The patient suffered from severe hypertension.
- Peripheral Vascular Disease.
- Nephrosclerosis.
- Retinal Damage.
- TABLE 33-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Hypertension
- Diagnostic Studies
- Ambulatory Blood Pressure Monitoring.
- Collaborative Care
- Lifestyle Modifications.
- Weight Reduction.
- DASH Eating Plan.
- Dietary Sodium Reduction.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Moderation of Alcohol Consumption.
- Physical Activity.
- Avoidance of Tobacco Products.
- Management of Psychosocial Risk Factors.
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 33-7 DRUG THERAPY*Hypertension
- FIG. 33-3 Site and method of action of various antihypertensive drugs (bold type). ACE, Angiotensin-converting enzyme.
- Patient and Caregiver Teaching Related to Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 33-8 DRUG THERAPY: Combination Therapy for Hypertension
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Actions
- Reference for Evidence
- TABLE 33-9 CAUSES OF RESISTANT HYPERTENSION
- Resistant Hypertension.
- Nursing Management Primary Hypertension
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 33-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Hypertension
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Individual Patient Evaluation.
- Blood Pressure Measurement.
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 33-11 BLOOD PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
- Drug Alert
- Screening Programs.
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Hypertension
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical Nurse (LPN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Cardiovascular Risk Factor Modification.
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- TABLE 33-12 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Hypertension
- Home BP Monitoring.
- Informatics in Practice Monitoring Blood Pressure
- Patient Adherence.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Hypertension
- TABLE 33-13 CAUSES OF HYPERTENSIVE CRISIS
- Hypertensive Crisis
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 33-4 Massive retinal exudates (indicated by arrows) from hypertensive retinopathy. To see what a normal retina looks like on ophthalmoscopic examination, see Fig. 21-5 on p. 377.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypertensive Crisis
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Case Study Primary Hypertension
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 34 Nursing Management: Coronary Artery Disease and Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Coronary Artery Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Developmental Stages.
- Fatty Streak.
- FIG. 34-1 Pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. A, Damaged endothelium. B, Fatty streak and lipid core formation. C, Fibrous plaque. Raised plaques are visible: some are yellow; others are white. D, Complicated lesion: thrombus is red; collagen is blue. Plaque is complicated by red thrombus deposition.
- Fibrous Plaque.
- Complicated Lesion.
- Collateral Circulation.
- Risk Factors for Coronary Artery Disease
- Nonmodifiable Risk Factors
- Age, Gender, and Ethnicity.
- FIG. 34-2 Vessel occlusion with collateral circulation. A, Open, functioning coronary artery. B, Partial coronary artery closure with collateral circulation being established. C, Total coronary artery occlusion with collateral circulation bypassing the occlusion to supply blood to the myocardium.
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Whites
- African Americans
- Native Americans
- Hispanics
- TABLE 34-1 RISK FACTORS FOR CORONARY ARTERY DISEASE
- Gender Differences
- Genetic Link
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Major Modifiable Risk Factors
- Elevated Serum Lipids.
- Hypertension.
- Tobacco Use.
- Physical Inactivity.
- Obesity.
- Contributing Modifiable Risk Factors
- Diabetes Mellitus.
- Metabolic Syndrome.
- Psychologic States.
- Homocysteine.
- Substance Abuse.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Coronary Artery Disease
- Health Promotion
- Identification of High-Risk People.
- Management of High-Risk People.
- TABLE 34-2 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Reducing Risk Factors for Coronary Artery Disease
- Physical Activity
- Nutritional Therapy
- TABLE 34-3 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes Diet
- Lipid-Lowering Drug Therapy
- TABLE 34-4 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Tips to Implement Diet and Lifestyle Recommendations
- FIG. 34-3 Types of dietary fat.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research into Practice
- Does Dietary Fat Modification Improve Cardiovascular Disease Outcomes?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies: Lipid-Lowering Agents*
- Drugs That Restrict Lipoprotein Production.
- TABLE 34-5 DRUG THERAPY: Hyperlipidemia
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Drugs That Increase Lipoprotein Removal.
- Drugs That Decrease Cholesterol Absorption.
- Antiplatelet Therapy
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Coronary Artery Disease
- Chronic Stable Angina
- TABLE 34-6 FACTORS INFLUENCING MYOCARDIAL OXYGEN NEEDS*
- TABLE 34-7 PQRST ASSESSMENT OF ANGINA
- FIG. 34-4 Common locations and patterns of pain during angina or myocardial infarction.
- TABLE 34-8 PRECIPITATING FACTORS OF ANGINA
- TABLE 34-9 COMPARISON OF MAJOR TYPES OF ANGINA
- Silent Ischemia
- Nocturnal Angina and Angina Decubitus
- Prinzmetal’s Angina
- TABLE 34-10 TREATMENT OF CHRONIC STABLE ANGINA
- Microvascular Angina
- Collaborative Care Chronic Stable Angina
- FIG. 34-5 Collaborative care: chronic stable angina and acute coronary syndrome. ACE, Angiotensin-converting enzyme; ARBs, angiotensin II receptor blockers; CK, creatine kinase, see Table 34-11.†, see Table 34-5.‡, see Tables 34-2, 34-3, and 34-4.
- Drug Therapy
- Short-Acting Nitrates.
- Sublingual Nitroglycerin.
- Long-Acting Nitrates.
- TABLE 34-11 DRUG THERAPY: Chronic Stable Angina and Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Nitroglycerin Ointment.
- Transdermal Controlled-Release Nitrates.
- Drug Alert
- Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors.
- β-Adrenergic Blockers.
- Calcium Channel Blockers.
- Sodium Current Inhibitor.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Cardiac Catheterization.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research into Practice
- Does Timing of Ambulation Affect Patient Safety After Percutaneous Coronary Intervention?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- FIG. 34-6 Placement of a coronary artery stent. A, The stent is positioned at the site of the lesion. B, The balloon is inflated, expanding the stent. The balloon is then deflated and removed. C, The implanted stent is left in place.
- FIG. 34-7 A, A thrombotic occlusion of the right coronary artery is noted (arrows). B, Right coronary artery is opened and blood flow restored following angioplasty and placement of a 4-mm stent.
- Acute Coronary Syndrome
- FIG. 34-8 Relationships among coronary artery disease, chronic stable angina, and acute coronary syndrome.
- Unstable Angina
- Myocardial Infarction
- FIG. 34-9 Occlusion of the left anterior descending coronary artery, resulting in a myocardial infarction.
- FIG. 34-10 Acute myocardial infarction in the posterolateral wall of the left ventricle. This is demonstrated by the absence of staining in the areas of necrosis (white arrow). Note the scarring from a previous anterior wall myocardial infarction (black arrow).
- Clinical Manifestations of Myocardial Infarction
- Pain.
- Sympathetic Nervous System Stimulation.
- Cardiovascular Manifestations.
- Nausea and Vomiting.
- Fever.
- Healing Process
- Complications of Myocardial Infarction
- Dysrhythmias.
- Heart Failure.
- Cardiogenic Shock.
- Papillary Muscle Dysfunction.
- Ventricular Aneurysm.
- Pericarditis.
- Dressler Syndrome.
- Diagnostic Studies Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Electrocardiogram Findings
- Serum Cardiac Markers
- FIG. 34-11 Serum cardiac markers found in the blood after myocardial infarction.
- TABLE 34-12 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Chest Pain
- Cardiovascular
- Respiratory
- Chest Trauma
- Gastrointestinal
- Others
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Coronary Angiography
- Other Measures
- Collaborative Care Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Emergent PCI
- Thrombolytic Therapy
- Indications and Contraindications.
- Procedure.
- TABLE 34-13 CONTRAINDICATIONS FOR THROMBOLYTIC THERAPY
- Safety Alert
- Coronary Surgical Revascularization
- Coronary Artery Bypass Graft Surgery.
- FIG. 34-12 Distal end of the left internal mammary artery is grafted below the area of blockage in the left anterior descending artery. Proximal end of the saphenous vein is grafted to the aorta, and the distal end is grafted below the area of blockage in the right coronary artery.
- Minimally Invasive Direct Coronary Artery Bypass.
- Off-Pump Coronary Artery Bypass.
- Robot-Assisted Cardiothoracic Surgery.
- Transmyocardial Laser Revascularization.
- Drug Therapy
- IV Nitroglycerin.
- Morphine Sulfate.
- β-Adrenergic Blockers.
- Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors.
- Antidysrhythmic Drugs.
- Lipid-Lowering Drugs.
- Stool Softeners.
- Nutritional Therapy
- Nursing Management Chronic Stable Angina and Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation: Chronic Stable Angina
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 34-14 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Nursing Implementation Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Acute Intervention.
- Pain.
- Nursing Care Plan 34-1
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goal
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Pain Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Energy Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Monitoring.
- Rest and Comfort.
- TABLE 34-15 PHASES OF REHABILITATION AFTER ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
- Anxiety.
- Emotional and Behavioral Reactions.
- TABLE 34-16 PSYCHOSOCIAL RESPONSES TO ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
- Coronary Revascularization.
- Delegation Decisions Cardiac Catheterization and Percutaneous Coronary Intervention (PCI)
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Preprocedure
- Postprocedure
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research into Practice
- Do Exercise-Based Cardiac Rehabilitation Programs Improve Outcomes?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- References for Evidence
- Patient Teaching.
- TABLE 34-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Physical Activity.
- TABLE 34-18 ENERGY EXPENDITURE IN METABOLIC EQUIVALENTS
- TABLE 34-19 BORG RATING OF PERCEIVED EXERTION SCALE® *
- INSTRUCTIONS TO THE BORG RATING OF PERCEIVED EXERTION SCALE
- TABLE 34-20 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: FITT Activity Guidelines After Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Resumption of Sexual Activity.
- TABLE 34-21 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Sexual Activity After Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Evaluation
- Sudden Cardiac Death
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Sudden Cardiac Death
- Case Study Myocardial Infarction
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Emergency Department
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 35 Nursing Management: Heart Failure
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Heart Failure
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- Pathophysiology of Ventricular Failure.
- Systolic Failure.
- Diastolic Failure.
- TABLE 35-1 PRIMARY CAUSES OF HEART FAILURE
- TABLE 35-2 PRECIPITATING CAUSES OF HEART FAILURE*
- Mixed Systolic and Diastolic Failure.
- Gender Differences
- Compensatory Mechanisms.
- Sympathetic Nervous System Activation.
- Neurohormonal Response.
- Dilation.
- Hypertrophy.
- Counterregulatory Mechanisms.
- FIG. 35-1 A, Dilated heart chambers. B, Hypertrophied heart chambers.
- Types of Heart Failure
- Left-Sided Heart Failure.
- Right-Sided Heart Failure.
- Clinical Manifestations Acute Decompensated Heart Failure
- FIG. 35-2 Pathophysiology of heart failure. Elevated systemic vascular resistance results in left-sided heart failure that leads to right-sided heart failure. Systemic vascular resistance and preload are exacerbated by the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system. ADH, Antidiuretic hormone; LA, left atrium; LV, left ventricle; LVEDP, left ventricular end-diastolic pressure; RV, right ventricle.
- TABLE 35-3 CLINICAL PROFILE IN ACUTE DECOMPENSATED HEART FAILURE
- Clinical Manifestations Chronic Heart Failure
- Fatigue.
- Dyspnea.
- FIG. 35-3 As pulmonary edema progresses, it inhibits oxygen and carbon dioxide exchange at the alveolar-capillary interface. A, Normal relationship. B, Increased pulmonary capillary hydrostatic pressure causes fluid to move from the vascular space into the pulmonary interstitial space. C, Lymphatic flow increases in an attempt to pull fluid back into the vascular or lymphatic space. D, Failure of lymphatic flow and worsening of left-sided heart failure result in further movement of fluid into the interstitial space and into the alveoli.
- TABLE 35-4 MANIFESTATIONS OF HEART FAILURE
- Tachycardia.
- Edema.
- Nocturia.
- Skin Changes.
- Behavioral Changes.
- Chest Pain.
- Weight Changes.
- Complications of Heart Failure
- Pleural Effusion.
- Dysrhythmias.
- Left Ventricular Thrombus.
- Hepatomegaly.
- Renal Failure.
- Classification of Heart Failure
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 35-5 NYHA FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION OF HEART DISEASE AND ACCF/AHA STAGES OF HEART FAILURE
- Collaborative Care Acute Decompensated Heart Failure
- TABLE 35-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Heart Failure
- Drug Therapy.
- Diuretics.
- TABLE 35-7 DRUG THERAPY: Heart Failure
- Vasodilators.
- Drug Alert
- Morphine.
- Positive Inotropes.
- Drug Alert
- Collaborative Care Chronic Heart Failure
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Can Exercise Help Depression in Heart Failure Patients?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- FIG. 35-4 Placement of pacing leads in cardiac resynchronization therapy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Drug Therapy.
- Diuretics.
- Renin-Angiotensin-Aldosterone System Inhibitors
- Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors.
- Drug Alert
- Angiotensin II Receptor Blockers.
- Aldosterone Antagonists.
- Drug Alert
- β-Adrenergic Blockers.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence*
- Nursing Implications
- Drug Alert
- Vasodilators
- Nitrates.
- BiDil.
- Positive Inotropes.
- Drug Alert
- Nutritional Therapy
- TABLE 35-8 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Low-Sodium Diets
- FIG. 35-5 Typical nutrition label. Note that a single serving (½ cup) provides more than one third of the daily recommended intake of sodium.
- Nursing Management Heart Failure
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 35-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Heart Failure
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Nursing Care Plan 35-1
- Patient With Heart Failure
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goal
- Respiratory Status: Gas Exchange
- Measurement Scale
- Respiratory Monitoring
- Oxygen Therapy
- Positioning
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Cardiac Pump Effectiveness
- Measurement Scale
- Cardiac Care
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Fluid Balance
- Measurement Scale
- Hypervolemia Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Activity Tolerance
- Energy Management
- Activity Therapy
- TABLE 35-10 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Heart Failure
- FIG. 35-6 Home-based telehealth monitoring unit.
- Palliative and End-of-Life Care.
- Evaluation
- Cardiac Transplantation
- TABLE 35-11 INDICATIONS AND CONTRAINDICATIONS FOR CARDIAC TRANSPLANTATION*
- Criteria for Selection
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Competence
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to Transplantation
- Surgical Procedure
- Posttransplantation
- Case Study Heart Failure
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 36 Nursing Management: Dysrhythmias
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTable
- Rhythm Identification and Treatment
- Conduction System
- Nervous Control of the Heart
- TABLE 36-1 PROPERTIES OF CARDIAC CELLS
- FIG. 36-1 Phases of the cardiac action potential. The electrical potential, measured in millivolts (mV), is indicated along the vertical axis of the graph. Time, measured in seconds (sec), is indicated along the horizontal axis. The action potential has five phases, labeled 0 through 4. Each phase represents a particular electrical event or combination of electrical events. Phase 0 is the upstroke of rapid depolarization and corresponds with ventricular contraction. Phases 1, 2, and 3 represent repolarization. Phase 4 is known as complete repolarization (or the polarized state) and corresponds to diastole. RP, Resting membrane potential; TP, threshold membrane potential.
- FIG. 36-2 A, Limb leads I, II, and III. These bipolar leads are located on the extremities. Illustrated are the angles from which these leads view the heart. B, Limb leads aVR, aVL, and aVF. These unipolar leads use the center of the heart as their negative electrode. C, Placement for the unipolar chest leads: V1, fourth intercostal space at the right sternal border; V2, fourth intercostal space at the left sternal border; V3, halfway between V2 and V4; V4, fifth intercostal space at the left midclavicular line; V5, fifth intercostal space at the left anterior axillary line; V6, fifth intercostal space at the left midaxillary line.
- Electrocardiographic Monitoring
- FIG. 36-3 Twelve-lead electrocardiogram showing a normal sinus rhythm.
- FIG. 36-4 A, Lead placement for V1 or V6 using a five-lead system. B, Typical ECG tracing in lead V1. C, Chest; LA, left arm; LL, left leg; RA, right arm; RL, right leg.
- FIG. 36-5 Time and voltage on the electrocardiogram; 6-sec strip.
- Telemetry Monitoring.
- FIG. 36-6 When the rhythm is regular, heart rate can be easily determined. The estimated heart rate is 70 beats/min. NOTE: Recorded from lead II.
- FIG. 36-7 Artifact. A, Muscle tremor. B, Loose electrodes.
- Informatics in Practice Wireless ECG Monitoring
- Assessment of Cardiac Rhythm
- Electrophysiologic Mechanisms of Dysrhythmias
- FIG. 36-8 Normal sinus rhythm. NOTE: Recorded from lead II.
- FIG. 36-9 The ECG tracing as seen in normal sinus rhythm. 1, P wave; 2, PR interval; 3, QRS complex: Q wave, R wave, S wave; 4, ST segment; 5, T wave; 6, QT interval. Isoelectric (flat) line or baseline represents the absence of electrical activity in the cardiac cells. (See Table 36-2 for timing of intervals.)
- TABLE 36-2 ECG WAVEFORMS AND INTERVALS*
- TABLE 36-3 INTRINSIC RATES OF THE CONDUCTION SYSTEM
- FIG. 36-10 Absolute and relative refractory periods correlated with the cardiac muscle’s action potential and with an ECG tracing.
- Evaluation of Dysrhythmias
- TABLE 36-4 COMMON CAUSES OF DYSRHYTHMIAS*
- TABLE 36-5 APPROACH TO ASSESSING HEART RHYTHM
- TABLE 36-6 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Dysrhythmias
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Types of Dysrhythmias
- Sinus Bradycardia.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- FIG. 36-11 A, Sinus bradycardia. B, Sinus tachycardia.
- Treatment.
- Sinus Tachycardia.
- Clinical Associations.
- TABLE 36-7 CHARACTERISTICS OF COMMON DYSRHYTHMIAS
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Premature Atrial Contraction.
- Clinical Associations.
- FIG. 36-12 Premature atrial contractions (arrows).
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Paroxysmal Supraventricular Tachycardia.
- Clinical Associations.
- FIG. 36-13 Paroxysmal supraventricular tachycardia (PSVT). Arrows indicate beginning and ending of PSVT.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Drug Alert
- Atrial Flutter.
- Clinical Associations.
- FIG. 36-14 A, Atrial flutter with a 4:1 conduction (four flutter [F] waves to each QRS complex). B, Atrial fibrillation with a controlled ventricular response. Note the chaotic fibrillatory (f) waves (arrows) between the RS complexes. NOTE: Recorded from lead V1.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Atrial Fibrillation.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- TABLE 36-8 DRUG THERAPY: Anticoagulant Therapy for Atrial Fibrillation
- FIG. 36-15 Junctional escape rhythm. P wave is hidden in the RS complex. NOTE: Recorded from lead V1.
- Junctional Dysrhythmias.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- First-Degree AV Block.
- Clinical Associations.
- FIG. 36-16 Heart block. A, First-degree atrioventricular (AV) block with a PR interval of 0.40 sec. B, Second-degree AV block, type I, with progressive lengthening of the PR interval until a QRS complex is blocked. C, Second-degree AV block, type II, with constant PR intervals and variable blocked QRS complexes. D, Third-degree AV block. Note that there is no relationship between P waves and QRS complexes.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Second-Degree AV Block, Type I.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Second-Degree AV Block, Type II.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Third-Degree AV Block.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- FIG. 36-17 Various forms of premature ventricular contractions (PVCs).
- FIG. 36-18 Ventricular tachycardia. A, Monomorphic. B, Torsades de pointes (polymorphic).
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Premature Ventricular Contractions.
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Ventricular Tachycardia.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Scope and Standards of Practice
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Clinical Associations.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Ventricular Fibrillation.
- Clinical Associations.
- FIG. 36-19 Ventricular fibrillation.
- ECG Characteristics.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Asystole.
- Clinical Associations.
- Clinical Significance.
- Treatment.
- Pulseless Electrical Activity.
- Sudden Cardiac Death.
- Prodysrhythmia.
- Antidysrhythmia Drugs
- TABLE 36-9 DRUG THERAPY: Antidysrhythmia Drugs
- Defibrillation
- FIG. 36-20 Paddle placement and current flow in monophasic defibrillation (A) and biphasic defibrillation (B).
- FIG. 36-21 LifePak contains a monitor, defibrillator, and transcutaneous pacemaker.
- Synchronized Cardioversion.
- Safety Alert
- FIG. 36-22 A, The implantable cardioverter-defibrillator (ICD) pulse generator from Medtronic, Inc. B, The ICD is placed in a subcutaneous pocket over the pectoral muscle. A single-lead system is placed transvenously from the pulse generator to the endocardium. The single lead detects dysrhythmias and delivers an electric shock to the heart muscle.
- Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator.
- Pacemakers
- FIG. 36-23 Ventricular capture (depolarization) secondary to signal (pacemaker spike) from pacemaker lead in the right ventricle.
- TABLE 36-10 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Implantable Cardioverter-Defibrillator (ICD)
- FIG. 36-24 A, A dual-chamber rate-responsive pacemaker from Medtronic, Inc., is designed to treat patients with chronic heart problems in which the heart beats too slowly to adequately support the body’s circulation needs. B, Pacing leads in both the atrium and the ventricle enable a dual-chamber pacemaker to sense and pace in both heart chambers.
- Permanent Pacemaker.
- Cardiac Resynchronization Therapy.
- TABLE 36-11 INDICATIONS FOR PERMANENT PACEMAKERS
- FIG. 36-25 Temporary external, dual-chamber demand pacemaker.
- Temporary Pacemaker.
- TABLE 36-12 INDICATIONS FOR TEMPORARY PACEMAKERS*
- FIG. 36-26 Temporary transvenous pacemaker catheter insertion. A single lead is positioned in the right ventricle through the brachial, subclavian, jugular, or femoral vein.
- Monitoring of Patients With Pacemakers.
- FIG. 36-27 Transcutaneous pacemaker. Pacing electrodes are placed on the patient’s anterior (A) and posterior (B) chest walls and attached to an external pacing unit (C).
- Radiofrequency Catheter Ablation Therapy
- TABLE 36-13 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Pacemaker
- ECG Changes Associated with Acute Coronary Syndrome
- Ischemia
- FIG. 36-28 Definitive ECG changes occur in leads that face the area of ischemia, injury, or infarction. Reciprocal changes may occur in leads facing opposite the area of ischemia, injury, or infarction.
- FIG. 36-29 ST segment, T wave, and Q wave changes associated with myocardial ischemia (A), injury (B), and infarction (C).
- TABLE 36-14 ECG EVIDENCE IN ACUTE CORONARY SYNDROME
- FIG. 36-30 ECG findings with anteroseptal lateral wall myocardial infarction. Normally, leads I, aVL, and V1 to V3 have a positive R wave. Note the pathologic Q waves in these leads and the ST segment elevation in leads V2 to V5 (arrows).
- Injury and Infarction
- Patient Monitoring
- Syncope
- Case Study Dysrhythmia
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- ECG Exercises
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 37 Nursing Management: Inflammatory and Structural Heart Disorders
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- FIG. 37-1 Layers of the heart muscle and pericardium. The section of the heart wall shows the fibrous pericardium, the parietal and visceral layers of the serous pericardium (with the pericardial sac between them), the myocardium, and the endocardium.
- Inflammatory Disorders of Heart
- Infective Endocarditis
- Classification
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 37-2 Bacterial endocarditis of the mitral valve. The valve is covered with large, irregular vegetations (arrow).
- TABLE 37-1 RISK FACTORS FOR ENDOCARDITIS*
- FIG. 37-3 Pathogenesis of infective endocarditis.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Prophylactic Treatment.
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 37-2 ANTIBIOTIC PROPHYLAXIS TO PREVENT ENDOCARDITIS
- Nursing Management Infective Endocarditis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 37-3 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Infective Endocarditis
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Acute Pericarditis
- TABLE 37-4 COMMON CAUSES OF PERICARDITIS
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 37-4 Acute pericarditis. Note shaggy coat of fibers covering surface of heart.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 37-5 A, X-ray of a normal chest. B, Pericardial effusion is present, and the cardiac silhouette is enlarged with a globular shape (arrows).
- TABLE 37-5 MEASUREMENT OF PULSUS PARADOXUS
- TABLE 37-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Pericarditis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 37-6 Pericardiocentesis performed under sterile conditions in conjunction with electrocardiogram (ECG) and hemodynamic measurements.
- Nursing Management Acute Pericarditis
- Chronic Constrictive Pericarditis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Chronic Constrictive Pericarditis
- Myocarditis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Myocarditis
- Rheumatic Fever and Rheumatic Heart Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cardiac Lesions and Valve Deformities.
- TABLE 37-7 MODIFIED JONES CRITERIA FOR DIAGNOSING RHEUMATIC FEVER
- Extracardiac Lesions.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Major Criteria.
- TABLE 37-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Rheumatic Fever
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Minor Criteria.
- Evidence of Infection.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Rheumatic Fever and Rheumatic Heart Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 37-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Rheumatic Fever and Rheumatic Heart Disease
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Valvular Heart Disease
- FIG. 37-7 Valvular stenosis and regurgitation. A, Normal position of the valve leaflets, or cusps, when the valve is open and closed. B, Open position of a stenosed valve (left) and closed position of regurgitant valve (right). C, Hemodynamic effect of mitral stenosis. The stenosed valve is unable to open sufficiently during left atrial systole, inhibiting left ventricular filling. D, Hemodynamic effect of mitral regurgitation. The mitral valve does not close completely during left ventricular systole, permitting blood to reenter the left atrium. At the same time, blood is moving forward through the aortic valve.
- Mitral Valve Stenosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 37-10 MANIFESTATIONS OF VALVULAR HEART DISEASE
- Clinical Manifestations
- Mitral Valve Regurgitation
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Mitral Valve Prolapse
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 37-8 Mitral valve prolapse. In this valvular abnormality, the mitral leaflets have prolapsed back into the left atrium. They also demonstrate hooding (arrow). The left ventricle is on the right.
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations
- Aortic Valve Stenosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 37-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Mitral Valve Prolapse
- Clinical Manifestations
- Drug Alert
- Aortic Valve Regurgitation
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Tricuspid and Pulmonic Valve Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Diagnostic Studies for Valvular Heart Disease
- TABLE 37-12 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Valvular Heart Disease
- Nonsurgical
- Surgical
- Collaborative Care of Valvular Heart Disease
- Conservative Therapy
- Percutaneous Transluminal Balloon Valvuloplasty.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Valve Repair.
- FIG. 37-9 Mitral valvuloplasty performed by the Inoue technique. The catheter is placed in the mitral valve and the distal part of the Inoue balloon inflated (A). The balloon is then pulled back in the mitral valve and inflated for 10 to 15 sec under fluoroscopic control (B) until the waist of the balloon is no longer visible (C) and the balloon falls back into the left atrium.
- Informatics in Practice Heart Surgery DVD or CD
- FIG. 37-10 Types of prosthetic heart valves. A, Starr-Edwards caged ball valve. B, St. Jude bi-leaflet valve. C, Carpentier-Edwards porcine valve.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Do Not Resuscitate
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Valve Replacement.
- Nursing Management Valvular Disorders
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 37-13 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Valvular Heart Disease
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention and Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Cardiomyopathy
- TABLE 37-14 CAUSES OF CARDIOMYOPATHY
- Dilated
- Hypertrophic
- Restrictive
- TABLE 37-15 COMPARISON OF TYPES OF CARDIOMYOPATHY
- Dilated Cardiomyopathy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 37-16 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cardiomyopathy
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 37-11 Dilated cardiomyopathy. The dilated left ventricular wall has thinned (arrow), and the chamber size and volume are increased.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Dilated Cardiomyopathy
- Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 37-12 Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy. There is marked left ventricular hypertrophy (arrow), and the chamber size and volume are decreased.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
- Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Restrictive Cardiomyopathy
- TABLE 37-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Cardiomyopathy
- Case Study Valvular Heart Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Audio
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 38 Nursing Management: Vascular Disorders
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Peripheral Artery Disease
- Gender Differences
- Men
- Women
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 38-1 Common anatomic locations of atherosclerotic lesions (shown in yellow) of the abdominal aorta and lower extremities.
- Peripheral Artery Disease of the Lower Extremities
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 38-1 COMPARISON OF PERIPHERAL ARTERY AND VENOUS DISEASE
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Risk Factor Modification.
- TABLE 38-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Peripheral Artery Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- TABLE 38-3 INTERPRETATION OF ANKLE-BRACHIAL INDEX RESULTS
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Exercise Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Complementary and Alternative Therapies.
- Care of the Leg With Critical Limb Ischemia.
- Interventional Radiology Catheter-Based Procedures.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Lower Extremity Peripheral Artery Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- FIG. 38-2 A, Femoral-popliteal bypass graft around an occluded superficial femoral artery. B, Femoral–posterior tibial bypass graft around occluded superficial femoral, popliteal, and proximal tibial arteries.
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 38-4 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Peripheral Artery Disease
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Acute Arterial Ischemic Disorders
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 38-5 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Peripheral Artery Bypass Surgery
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Thromboangiitis Obliterans
- Raynaud’s Phenomenon
- FIG. 38-3 Raynaud’s phenomenon.
- Aortic Aneurysms
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 38-4 Angiography demonstrating fusiform abdominal aortic aneurysm. Note calcification of the aortic wall (arrows) and extension of the aneurysm into the common iliac arteries.
- Genetic Link
- Classification
- FIG. 38-5 A, True fusiform abdominal aortic aneurysm. B, True saccular aortic aneurysm. C, False aneurysm, or pseudoaneurysm. D, Aortic dissection.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 38-6 Surgical repair of an abdominal aortic aneurysm. A, Incising the aneurysmal sac. B, Insertion of synthetic graft. C, Suturing native aortic wall over synthetic graft.
- Endovascular Graft Procedure.
- Complications.
- FIG. 38-7 Bifurcated (two-branched) endovascular stent grafting of an aneurysm. A, Insertion of a woven polyester tube (graft) covered by a tubular metal web (stent). B, The stent graft is inserted through a large blood vessel (e.g., femoral artery) using a delivery catheter. The catheter is positioned below the renal arteries in the area of the aneurysm. C, The stent graft is slowly released (deployed) into the blood vessel. When the stent comes in contact with the blood vessel, it expands to a preset size. D, A second stent graft can be inserted in the contralateral (opposite) vessel if necessary. E, Fully deployed bifurcated stent graft.
- Nursing Management Aortic Aneurysms
- Nursing Assessment
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Graft Patency.
- Cardiovascular Status.
- Infection.
- Gastrointestinal Status.
- Neurologic Status.
- Peripheral Perfusion Status.
- Renal Perfusion Status.
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- Evaluation
- Aortic Dissection
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 38-8 Aortic dissection of the thoracic aorta.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 38-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Aortic Dissection
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- Conservative Therapy.
- Endovascular Dissection Repair.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Aortic Dissection
- Venous Disorders
- Phlebitis
- Venous Thrombosis
- TABLE 38-7 COMPARISON OF SUPERFICIAL VEIN THROMBOSIS AND VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM
- Etiology
- Venous Stasis.
- FIG. 38-9 Pathophysiology of venous thromboembolism.
- TABLE 38-8 RISK FACTORS FOR VENOUS THROMBOEMBOLISM
- Venous Stasis
- Endothelial Damage
- Hypercoagulability of Blood
- Endothelial Damage.
- Hypercoagulability of Blood.
- Pathophysiology
- Superficial Vein Thrombosis
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Collaborative Care.
- Venous Thromboembolism
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Complications.
- FIG. 38-10 Lipodermatosclerosis. Skin on lower leg becomes scarred, and the leg becomes tapered like an “inverted bottle.” Hallmark signs of lipodermatosclerosis are leathery skin, brown discoloration, hyperpigmentation and hypopigmentation, and circumferential or near circumferential scarring and shrinking of the extremity.
- Diagnostic Studies.
- Collaborative Care
- Prevention and Prophylaxis.
- TABLE 38-9 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Venous Thromboembolism*
- Drug Therapy.
- Vitamin K Antagonists.
- TABLE 38-10 DRUG THERAPY: Anticoagulant Therapy
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Thrombin Inhibitors: Indirect.
- TABLE 38-11 TESTS OF BLOOD COAGULATION
- Thrombin Inhibitors: Direct.
- Factor Xa Inhibitors.
- Anticoagulant Therapy for VTE Prophylaxis.
- Anticoagulant Therapy for VTE Treatment.
- FIG. 38-11 Inferior vena caval interruption technique using Greenfield stainless steel filter to prevent pulmonary embolism. As blood travels up the vena cava, clots are trapped in the filter.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Thrombolytic Therapy for VTE Treatment.
- Surgical Therapy.
- TABLE 38-12 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Venous Thromboembolism
- Nursing Management Venous Thromboembolism
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention.
- Drug Alert
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 38-13 NURSING INTERVENTIONS FOR PATIENTS TAKING ANTICOAGULANTS
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Venous Thromboembolism (VTE)
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- TABLE 38-14 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Anticoagulant Therapy
- Evaluation
- Varicose Veins
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 38-12 A, Lateral aspect of varicose veins before treatment. B, Lateral aspect of varicose veins 2 years after initial treatment with sclerotherapy.
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Varicose Veins
- Chronic Venous Insufficiency and Venous Leg Ulcers
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 38-13 Venous leg ulcer.
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Collaborative Care
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Chronic Venous Insufficiency
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Nursing Management Chronic Venous Insufficiency and Venous Leg Ulcers
- Case Study Peripheral Artery Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Current Medications
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Volume 2
- Section 8 Problems of Ingestion, Digestion, Absorption, and Elimination
- Problems of Ingestion, Digestion, Absorption, and Elimination
- Pre-Test – Section 8
- Interactive Review – Section 8
- Chapter 39 Nursing Assessment: Gastrointestinal System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- FIG. 39-1 A, Location of organs of the gastrointestinal system. B, Parts of the stomach.
- Structures and Functions of Gastrointestinal System
- Ingestion
- Mouth.
- Pharynx.
- Esophagus.
- Digestion and Absorption
- Stomach.
- Small Intestine.
- Physiology of Digestion.
- TABLE 39-1 GASTROINTESTINAL SECRETIONS
- Elimination
- Large Intestine.
- TABLE 39-2 PHASES OF GASTRIC SECRETION
- TABLE 39-3 HORMONES CONTROLLING GI SECRETION AND MOTILITY
- FIG. 39-2 Anatomic locations of the large intestine.
- FIG. 39-3 Gross structure of the liver, gallbladder, pancreas, and duct system.
- Liver, Biliary Tract, and Pancreas
- Liver.
- Biliary Tract.
- TABLE 39-4 FUNCTIONS OF THE LIVER
- Bilirubin Metabolism.
- Pancreas.
- FIG. 39-4 Bilirubin metabolism and conjugation.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Gastrointestinal System
- TABLE 39-5 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Gastrointestinal System
- Assessment of Gastrointestinal System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Patient Profile
- Critical Thinking
- TABLE 39-6 HEPATOTOXIC CHEMICALS AND DRUGS
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 39-7 SURGERIES OF THE GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Colorectal Cancer
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Inflammatory Bowel Disease (IBD)
- TABLE 39-8 HEALTH HISTORY: Gastrointestinal System
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Mouth
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- Abdomen.
- TABLE 39-9 STRUCTURES LOCATED IN ABDOMINAL REGIONS
- FIG. 39-5 A, Abdominal quadrants. B, Abdominal regions. LLQ, Left lower quadrant; LUQ, left upper quadrant; RLQ, right lower quadrant; RUQ, right upper quadrant.
- Inspection.
- Auscultation.
- FIG. 39-6 Technique for percussion of the abdomen. Moving clockwise, percuss lightly in all four quadrants.
- Percussion.
- FIG. 39-7 A, Technique for light palpation of the abdomen. B, Technique for deep palpation.
- Palpation.
- FIG. 39-8 A, Technique for liver palpation. B, Alternative technique to palpate liver with fingers hooked over the costal region.
- TABLE 39-10 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM
- Case Study—cont’d
- Rectum and Anus.
- Focused Assessment
- Diagnostic Studies of Gastrointestinal System
- TABLE 39-11 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Gastrointestinal System
- FIG. 39-9 Barium enema x-ray showing the large intestine.
- Radiologic Studies
- Upper Gastrointestinal Series.
- Lower Gastrointestinal Series.
- TABLE 39-12 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Gastrointestinal System
- Virtual Colonoscopy.
- Endoscopy
- FIG. 39-10 A, Illustration showing the ileocecal junction and the ileocecal fold. B, Endoscopic image of the ileocecal fold.
- Case Study—cont’d
- FIG. 39-11 Capsule endoscopy. A, The video capsule has its own camera and light source. After it is swallowed, it travels through the GI tract and allows visualization of the small intestine. It sends messages to a monitoring device that is worn on a waist belt (B). During the 8-hour examination, the patient is free to move about. After the test, the images are viewed on a video monitor.
- Liver Biopsy
- Liver Function Studies
- TABLE 39-13 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Liver Function Tests
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 40 Nursing Management: Nutritional Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Nutritional Problems
- Normal Nutrition
- FIG. 40-1 MyPlate is the primary food group symbol that serves as a reminder to make healthy food choices and to build a healthy plate at mealtimes. It is a visual cue that identifies the five basic food groups from which to select healthy foods. The plate is divided into four slightly different-sized quadrants, with fruits and vegetables taking up half the space and grains and protein making up the other half. The vegetables and grains portions are the largest of the four. Next to the plate is a blue circle for dairy, which could be a glass of milk or a food such as cheese or yogurt. For more information, see www.choosemyplate.gov
- TABLE 40-1 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: MyPlate Tips for a Healthy Lifestyle
- FIG. 40-2 Sample of a Nutrition Facts label.
- TABLE 40-2 ESTIMATING DAILY ENERGY (CALORIE) REQUIREMENTS
- TABLE 40-3 GOOD SOURCES OF PROTEIN
- TABLE 40-4 MAJOR MINERALS AND TRACE ELEMENTS
- Special Diet: Vegetarian Diet
- TABLE 40-5 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Foods High in Iron*
- Culturally Competent Care
- Nutrition
- Malnutrition
- Etiology of Malnutrition
- FIG. 40-3 Patient with malnutrition.
- Contributing Factors to Malnutrition
- Socioeconomic Factors.
- Physical Illnesses.
- TABLE 40-6 CONDITIONS THAT INCREASE THE RISK FOR MALNUTRITION
- Incomplete Diets.
- Food-Drug Interactions.
- TABLE 40-7 RECOMMENDED DAILY VITAMIN AND CALCIUM INTAKE*
- Pathophysiology of Starvation
- Impact of Inflammation.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 40-4 Severe malnutrition that results in wasting and extensive loss of adipose tissue.
- Diagnostic Studies
- History and Physical Examination.
- Laboratory Studies.
- TABLE 40-8 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Malnutrition
- Anthropometric Measurements.
- Functional Measurements.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Malnutrition
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 40-9 COMPONENTS OF NUTRITIONAL ASSESSMENT
- Anthropometric Measurements
- Physical Examination
- Health History
- Diet History
- Laboratory Data
- Functional Status
- Healthy People
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Does Nutritional Education Improve Functional Outcomes in Older Adults?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 40-10 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY*High-Calorie, High-Protein Diet
- Breads and Cereals
- Vegetables
- Fruits
- Meat
- Milk and Milk Products
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Malnutrition
- Types of Specialized Nutritional Support
- Oral Feeding
- FIG. 40-5 Nutritional support algorithm.
- Enteral Nutrition
- Orogastric, Nasogastric, and Nasointestinal Tubes.
- FIG. 40-6 Common enteral feeding tube placement locations.
- Gastrostomy and Jejunostomy Tubes.
- FIG. 40-7 Percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy. A, Gastrostomy tube placement via percutaneous endoscopy. With use of endoscopy, a gastrostomy tube is inserted through the esophagus into the stomach and then pulled through a stab wound made in the abdominal wall. B, A retention disk and bumper secure the tube.
- TABLE 40-11 PROBLEMS RELATED TO TUBE FEEDINGS
- Tube Feedings and Safety.
- Patient Position.
- Aspiration Risk.
- Residual Volumes.
- Tube Position.
- Complications Related to Tubes and Feedings.
- Delegation Decisions Nasogastric and Gastric Tubes and Enteral Feedings
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Enteral Nutrition
- TABLE 40-12 DECREASING RISK OF ENTERAL FEEDING MISCONNECTIONS
- Parenteral Nutrition
- TABLE 40-13 INDICATIONS FOR PARENTERAL NUTRITION*
- Composition.
- Calories.
- Protein.
- Electrolytes.
- Trace Elements and Vitamins.
- Methods of Administration.
- Central Parenteral Nutrition.
- Peripheral Parenteral Nutrition.
- Comparison of Central and Peripheral Parenteral Nutrition.
- TABLE 40-14 COMPLICATIONS OF PARENTERAL NUTRITION
- Infection
- Metabolic Problems
- Catheter-Related Problems
- Nursing Management Parenteral Nutrition
- Complications
- Home Nutritional Support
- Eating Disorders
- Anorexia Nervosa
- Bulimia Nervosa
- Case Study Undernutrition
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Results
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 41 Nursing Management: Obesity
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTables
- Obesity
- Classifications of Body Weight and Obesity
- Body Mass Index.
- FIG. 41-1 Obesity is an epidemic in the United States.
- Waist Circumference.
- Waist-to-Hip Ratio.
- FIG. 41-2 Body mass index (BMI) chart. Healthy weight: BMI 18 to 24.9 kg/m2; overweight: BMI 25 to 29.9 kg/m2; obesity: BMI 30 kg/m2. BMI = weight (kg)/height (m2).
- Body Shape.
- Epidemiology of Obesity
- TABLE 41-1 CLASSIFICATION OF OVERWEIGHT AND OBESITY
- TABLE 41-2 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN BODY SHAPE AND HEALTH RISKS
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Healthy People
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 41-3 Some of the common hormones and peptides that interact with the hypothalamus to control and influence eating patterns, metabolic activities, and digestion. Obesity disrupts this balance (see Table 41-3).
- TABLE 41-3 HORMONES AND PEPTIDES IN OBESITY
- Physiologic Regulatory Mechanisms in Obesity.
- Environmental Factors.
- TABLE 41-4 PORTION SIZES: YESTERDAY VS TODAY
- Psychosocial Factors.
- Health Risks Associated with Obesity
- Cardiovascular Problems
- Diabetes Mellitus
- FIG. 41-4 Health risks associated with obesity.
- Gastrointestinal and Liver Problems
- Respiratory and Sleep Problems
- Musculoskeletal Problems
- Cancer
- Metabolic Syndrome
- Psychosocial Problems
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Obesity
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 41-5 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Obese Patient
- Planning
- TABLE 41-6 ASSESSING PATIENTS WITH OBESITY
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 41-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Obesity
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Nutritional Therapy.
- TABLE 41-8 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY 1200-Calorie–Restricted Weight-Reduction Diet*
- Exercise.
- Behavior Modification.
- Support Groups.
- Drug Therapy
- Appetite-Suppressing Drugs
- Nutrient Absorption–Blocking Drugs
- Serotonin Agonist
- Phentermine and Topiramate (Qsymia)
- Nursing Interventions Related to Drug Therapy
- Surgical Therapy
- Restrictive Surgeries
- Adjustable Gastric Banding.
- Vertical Sleeve Gastrectomy.
- Combination of Restrictive and Malabsorptive Surgery
- Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass.
- TABLE 41-9 SURGICAL INTERVENTIONS FOR OBESITY*
- Cosmetic Surgeries to Reduce Fatty Tissue and Skinfolds
- Lipectomy.
- Liposuction.
- FIG. 41-5 Bariatric surgical procedures. A, Adjustable gastric banding (AGB) uses a band to create a gastric pouch. B, Vertical sleeve gastrectomy involves creating a sleeve-shaped stomach by removing about 80% of the stomach. C, Vertical banded gastroplasty (VBG) involves creating a small gastric pouch. D, Biliopancreatic diversion (BPD) with duodenal switch procedure creates an anastomosis between the stomach and the intestine. E, Roux-en-Y gastric bypass procedure involves constructing a gastric pouch whose outlet is a Y-shaped limb of small intestine.
- FIG. 41-6 A, Preoperative view of a 37-year-old woman with massive weight loss who had gastric bypass surgery. B, Postoperative view 2½ years after abdominoplasty. She also underwent breast surgery, thighlift, backlift with excision of excess skin of the lower back and upper buttocks, and upper arm surgery.
- Nursing Management Perioperative Care of the Obese Patient
- Nursing Implementation
- Preoperative Care.
- Special Considerations for Bariatric Surgery.
- Postoperative Care.
- Special Considerations for Bariatric Surgery.
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- Special Considerations for Bariatric Surgery.
- Evaluation
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Obesity in Older Adults
- TABLE 41-10 CRITERIA FOR METABOLIC SYNDROME*
- Metabolic Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 41-7 Relationship among insulin resistance, obesity, diabetes mellitus, and cardiovascular disease. HDL, High-density lipoprotein.
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Metabolic Syndrome
- Case Study Obesity
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Results
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 42 Nursing Management: Upper Gastrointestinal Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Nausea and Vomiting
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 42-1 Stimuli involved in the act of vomiting. CTZ, Chemoreceptor trigger zone.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 42-1 DRUG THERAPY: Nausea and Vomiting
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nondrug Therapy.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nursing Management Nausea and Vomiting
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 42-2 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Nausea and Vomiting
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Nausea and Vomiting
- Oral Inflammation and Infections
- TABLE 42-3 INFECTIONS AND INFLAMMATION OF THE MOUTH
- Oral Cancer
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Nausea and Vomiting
- Cancers of Oral Cavity and Pharynx
- Esophageal Cancer
- Stomach Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 42-4 TYPES AND CHARACTERISTICS OF ORAL CANCER
- TABLE 42-5 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Oral Cancer
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy*
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nonsurgical Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Oral Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 42-6 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Oral Cancer
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Healthy People
- Evaluation
- Esophageal Disorders
- Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
- FIG. 42-2 Factors involved in the pathogenesis of gastroesophageal reflux disease (GERD). LES, Lower esophageal sphincter.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 42-7 FACTORS AFFECTING LOWER ESOPHAGEAL SPHINCTER PRESSURE
- Increase Pressure
- Decrease Pressure
- Complications
- FIG. 42-3 Esophagitis with esophageal ulcerations.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Lifestyle Modifications.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- TABLE 42-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) and Hiatal Hernia
- TABLE 42-9 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD)
- Drug Therapy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Are Proton Pump Inhibitors Associated With Increased Risk of Diarrhea?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- TABLE 42-10 DRUG THERAPY: Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease (GERD) and Peptic Ulcer Disease (PUD)
- Drug Alert
- FIG. 42-4 Nissen fundoplication for repair of hiatal hernia. A, Fundus of stomach is wrapped around distal esophagus. B, The fundus is then sutured to itself.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Endoscopic Therapy.
- Nursing Management Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease
- Hiatal Hernia
- FIG. 42-5 A, Sliding hiatal hernia. B, Rolling or paraesophageal hernia.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Guardianship
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hiatal Hernia
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Gastroesophageal Reflux Disease and Hiatal Hernia
- Esophageal Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 42-11 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Esophageal Cancer
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Surgery.
- Endoscopic Procedures.
- Radiation and Chemotherapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Esophageal Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention
- Preoperative Care.
- Postoperative Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Other Esophageal Disorders
- Eosinophilic Esophagitis
- Esophageal Diverticula
- FIG. 42-6 Possible sites for esophageal diverticula. These hollow outpouchings may occur just above the upper esophageal sphincter (Zenker’s, the most common type of pulsion diverticulum), near the midpoint of the esophagus (traction), and just above the lower esophageal sphincter (epiphrenic).
- FIG. 42-7 Esophageal achalasia. A, Early stage, showing tapering of lower esophagus. B, Advanced stage, showing dilated, tortuous esophagus.
- Esophageal Strictures
- Achalasia
- FIG. 42-8 Pneumatic dilation attempts to treat achalasia by maintaining an adequate lumen and decreasing lower esophageal sphincter (LES) tone.
- Esophageal Varices
- Disorders of the Stomach and Upper Small Intestine
- Gastritis
- TABLE 42-12 CAUSES OF GASTRITIS
- Drugs
- Diet
- Microorganisms
- Environmental Factors
- Pathophysiologic Conditions
- Other Factors
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Risk Factors.
- Drug-Related Gastritis.
- Diet.
- Helicobacter pylori.
- Other Risk Factors.
- Autoimmune Gastritis.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 42-13 DRUG THERAPY: Helicobacter pylori Infection
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Gastritis
- Acute Gastritis
- Chronic Gastritis
- FIG. 42-9 Peptic ulcers, including an erosion, an acute ulcer, and a chronic ulcer. Both the acute ulcer and the chronic ulcer may penetrate the entire wall of the stomach.
- FIG. 42-10 Peptic ulcer of the duodenum.
- Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Types
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 42-14 COMPARISON OF GASTRIC AND DUODENAL ULCERS
- Helicobacter pylori.
- FIG. 42-11 Disruption of gastric mucosa and pathophysiologic consequences of back diffusion of acids.
- Medication-Induced Injury.
- Lifestyle Factors.
- FIG. 42-12 Relationship between mucosal blood flow and disruption of the gastric mucosal barrier.
- Gastric Ulcers.
- Duodenal Ulcers.
- Stress-Related Mucosal Disease (SRMD).
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 42-13 Duodenal ulcer of the posterior wall penetrating into the head of the pancreas, resulting in walled-off perforation.
- Complications
- Hemorrhage.
- Perforation.
- Gastric Outlet Obstruction.
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 42-14 Esophagogastroduodenoscopy (EGD) directly visualizes the mucosal lining of the stomach with a flexible endoscope. Ulcers or tumors can be directly visualized and biopsies taken.
- Collaborative Care Conservative Therapy
- TABLE 42-15 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Drug Therapy.
- Histamine (H2)-Receptor Blockers.
- Proton Pump Inhibitors.
- Antibiotic Therapy.
- Antacids.
- Cytoprotective Drug Therapy.
- Other Drugs.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Therapy Related to Complications of Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Acute Exacerbation.
- Perforation.
- Gastric Outlet Obstruction.
- Nursing Management Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 42-16 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Acute Intervention.
- Hemorrhage.
- Perforation.
- Gastric Outlet Obstruction.
- TABLE 42-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Peptic Ulcer Disease (PUD)
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Collaborative Care Surgical Therapy for Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Postoperative Complications.
- Dumping Syndrome.
- Postprandial Hypoglycemia.
- Bile Reflux Gastritis.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Surgical Therapy for Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Preoperative Care
- TABLE 42-18 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Postgastrectomy Dumping Syndrome
- Postoperative Care
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Stomach Cancer
- FIG. 42-15 Stomach carcinoma. Gross photograph showing an ill-defined, excavated central ulcer surrounded by irregular, heaped-up borders.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 42-19 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Stomach Cancer
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 42-16 Total gastrectomy for stomach cancer. A, Normal anatomic structure of the stomach. B, Removal of the stomach (total gastrectomy). C, Anastomosis of the esophagus with the jejunum (esophagojejunostomy).
- Adjuvant Therapy.
- Nursing Management Stomach Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention
- Preoperative Care.
- Postoperative Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 42-20 TYPES OF UPPER GASTROINTESTINAL BLEEDING
- Evaluation
- Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 42-21 COMMON CAUSES OF UPPER GASTROINTESTINAL BLEEDING
- Drug Induced
- Esophagus
- Stomach and Duodenum
- Systemic Diseases
- Esophageal Origin.
- Stomach and Duodenal Origin.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Emergency Assessment and Management.
- Endoscopic Therapy.
- TABLE 42-22 DRUG THERAPY: Acute Gastrointestinal Bleeding*
- Surgical Therapy.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nursing Management Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 42-23 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Upper Gastrointestinal Bleeding
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Foodborne Illness
- Escherichia coli O157:H7 Poisoning
- TABLE 42-24 BACTERIAL FOOD POISONING
- TABLE 42-25 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Prevention of Food Poisoning
- Case Study Peptic Ulcer Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 43 Nursing Management: Lower Gastrointestinal Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTables
- Diarrhea
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 43-1 CAUSES OF ACUTE INFECTIOUS DIARRHEA*
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 43-2 DRUG THERAPY: Antidiarrheal Drugs
- Clostridium difficile Infection.
- Nursing Management Acute Infectious Diarrhea
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 43-3 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Diarrhea
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Fecal Incontinence
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 43-4 CAUSES OF FECAL INCONTINENCE
- Traumatic
- Neurologic
- Inflammatory
- Pelvic Floor Dysfunction
- Functional
- Other
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Fecal Incontinence
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Constipation
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- TABLE 43-5 DRUG THERAPY: Constipation
- Nutritional Therapy.
- TABLE 43-6 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: High-Fiber Foods
- Nursing Management Constipation
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnosis
- TABLE 43-7 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Constipation
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 43-8 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Constipation
- Acute Abdominal Pain
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 43-9 CAUSES OF ACUTE ABDOMINAL PAIN
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Acute Abdominal Pain
- Nursing Assessment
- FIG. 43-1 Etiology of acute abdominal pain and pathophysiologic sequelae.
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention
- Preoperative Care.
- Postoperative Care.
- TABLE 43-10 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Acute Abdominal Pain
- Inflammation
- Vascular Problems
- Gynecologic Problems
- Infectious Disease
- Other
- Abdominal and Gastrointestinal Findings
- Hypovolemic Shock
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Chronic Abdominal Pain
- Gender Differences
- Men
- Women
- Irritable Bowel Syndrome
- Drug Alert
- Abdominal Trauma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 43-11 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Abdominal Trauma
- Blunt
- Penetrating
- Hypovolemic Shock
- Surface Findings
- Abdominal and Gastrointestinal Findings
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Abdominal Trauma
- Inflammatory Disorders
- Appendicitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 43-2 In appendicitis the blood supply of the appendix is impaired by inflammation and bacterial infection in the wall of the appendix, which may result in gangrene.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Appendicitis
- TABLE 43-12 CAUSES OF PERITONITIS
- Primary
- Secondary
- Peritonitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- TABLE 43-13 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Peritonitis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Nursing Management Peritonitis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Gastroenteritis
- Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- TABLE 43-14 COMPARISON OF ULCERATIVE COLITIS AND CROHN’S DISEASE
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 43-3 Comparison of distribution patterns of Crohn’s disease and ulcerative colitis.
- Pattern of Inflammation in Ulcerative Colitis Versus Crohn’s Disease.
- TABLE 43-15 EXTRAINTESTINAL COMPLICATIONS OF IBD
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 43-16 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 43-17 DRUG THERAPY: Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- TABLE 43-18 INDICATIONS FOR SURGICAL THERAPY FOR IBD
- Surgical Therapy
- Ulcerative Colitis.
- Total Proctocolectomy With Ileal Pouch/Anal Anastomosis (IPAA).
- Total Proctocolectomy With Permanent Ileostomy.
- FIG. 43-4 Ileoanal pouch (reservoir). A, Formation of a pouch. B, Posterior suture lines completed. C, J-shaped configuration for ileoanal pouch (J-pouch). D, S-shaped configuration for ileoanal pouch (S-pouch).
- Crohn’s Disease.
- Postoperative Care.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- TABLE 43-19 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Inflammatory Bowel Disease
- Intestinal Obstruction
- Types of Intestinal Obstruction
- Mechanical
- Nonmechanical
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 43-5 Bowel obstructions. A, Adhesions. B, Strangulated inguinal hernia. C, Ileocecal intussusception. D, Intussusception from polyps. E, Mesenteric occlusion. F, Neoplasm. G, Volvulus of the sigmoid colon.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 43-20 MANIFESTATIONS OF SMALL AND LARGE INTESTINAL OBSTRUCTIONS
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Intestinal Obstruction
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- FIG. 43-6 Endoscopic image of pedunculated polyp in descending colon.
- Polyps of Large Intestine
- Types of Polyps
- Genetic Link
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Colorectal Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- TABLE 43-21 RISK FACTORS FOR COLORECTAL CANCER
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 43-7 The five stages of colorectal cancer. Stage 0 cancer has not grown beyond the mucosal layer. Stage I cancer has grown beyond the mucosa into the submucosa, but no lymph nodes are involved. Stage II cancer has grown beyond the submucosa into the muscle but there is no lymph node involvement or metastasis. Stage III cancer is any tumor with lymph node involvement but no metastasis. Stage IV cancer is any tumor with lymph node involvement and metastasis.
- FIG. 43-8 Signs and symptoms of colorectal cancer by location of primary cancer.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 43-22 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Colorectal Cancer
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 43-23 TNM CLASSIFICATION OF COLORECTAL CANCER
- TABLE 43-24 CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM USED TO STAGE COLORECTAL CANCER
- Surgical Therapy.
- Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Radiation Therapy.
- TABLE 43-25 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Colorectal Cancer
- Nursing Management Colorectal Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Ostomy Surgery
- Types
- TABLE 43-26 COMPARISON OF ILEOSTOMY AND COLOSTOMY
- FIG. 43-9 Types of ostomies.
- End Stoma.
- Loop Stoma.
- FIG. 43-10 Sigmoid colostomy. Distal bowel is oversewn and left in place to create Hartmann’s pouch.
- Double-Barreled Stoma.
- Nursing Management Ostomy Surgery
- Preoperative Care
- FIG. 43-11 Loop colostomy.
- Postoperative Care
- TABLE 43-27 CHARACTERISTICS OF STOMA
- Colostomy Care
- Colostomy Irrigations.
- TABLE 43-28 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Ostomy Self-Care
- Ileostomy Care
- TABLE 43-29 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Colostomy Irrigation
- Delegation Decisions Ostomy Care
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Adaptation To An Ostomy
- Sexual Function After Ostomy Surgery
- Diverticulosis and Diverticulitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 43-12 Diverticula are outpouchings of the colon. When they become inflamed, the condition is diverticulitis. The inflammatory process can spread to the surrounding area in the intestine.
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 43-13 Complications of diverticulitis.
- TABLE 43-30 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Diverticulosis and Diverticulitis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Diverticulosis and Diverticulitis
- Hernias
- Types
- Gender Differences
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hernias
- FIG. 43-14 A, Umbilical hernia. B, Femoral hernias (note swelling below the inguinal ligaments). C, Right inguinal hernia.
- Malabsorption Syndrome
- TABLE 43-31 CAUSES OF MALABSORPTION
- Biochemical or Enzyme Deficiencies
- Disturbed Lymphatic and Vascular Circulation
- Bacterial Proliferation
- Small Intestinal Mucosal Disruption
- Surface Area Loss
- Celiac Disease
- TABLE 43-32 MANIFESTATIONS OF MALABSORPTION
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- TABLE 43-33 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Celiac Disease
- Foods to Eat*
- Foods to Avoid
- Lactase Deficiency
- Short Bowel Syndrome
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumors
- Anorectal Problems
- Hemorrhoids
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 43-15 Anatomic structures of the rectum and anus with external and internal hemorrhoids.
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- FIG. 43-16 Thrombosed external hemorrhoids.
- Nursing Management Hemorrhoids
- Anal Fissure
- FIG. 43-17 Common sites of anorectal abscesses and fistula formation.
- Anorectal Abscess
- Anal Fistula
- Anal Cancer
- Pilonidal Sinus
- Case Study Colorectal Cancer
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Tests
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Procedure
- Postoperative
- Follow-Up Treatment
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 44 Nursing Management: Liver, Pancreas, and Biliary Tract Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Disorders of the Liver
- Hepatitis
- Viral Hepatitis
- Hepatitis A Virus.
- FIG. 44-1 Jaundiced patient.
- TABLE 44-1 CHARACTERISTICS OF HEPATITIS VIRUSES
- Hepatitis B Virus.
- FIG. 44-2 Course of infection with hepatitis A virus (HAV). ALT, Alanine aminotransferase.
- Hepatitis C Virus.
- FIG. 44-3 Course of infection with hepatitis B virus (HBV). ALT, Alanine aminotransferase; anti-HBc, antibody to hepatitis B core antigen; anti-HBe, antibody to HBeAg; anti-HBs, antibody to HBsAg; HBeAg, hepatitis B e antigen; HBsAg, hepatitis B surface antigen.
- Hepatitis D Virus.
- Hepatitis E Virus.
- Pathophysiology
- Liver.
- Systemic Effects.
- TABLE 44-2 MANIFESTATIONS OF HEPATITIS
- Acute Hepatitis
- Chronic Hepatitis
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 44-3 CLASSIFICATION OF JAUNDICE
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 44-4 TESTS FOR VIRAL HEPATITIS
- TABLE 44-5 DIAGNOSTIC FINDINGS IN ACUTE HEPATITIS
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Chronic Hepatitis B.
- TABLE 44-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Viral Hepatitis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Interferon.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Nucleoside and Nucleotide Analogs.
- Chronic Hepatitis C.
- Drug Alert
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Viral Hepatitis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 44-7 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Hepatitis*
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 44-8 PREVENTIVE MEASURES FOR VIRAL HEPATITIS*
- General Measures
- Use of Immune Globulin
- Special Considerations for Health Care Personnel
- Sexual Transmission
- General Measures
- Special Considerations for Health Care Personnel
- Hepatitis A.
- Hepatitis B.
- Hepatitis C.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Drug- and Chemical-Induced Liver Diseases
- Drug Alert
- Autoimmune, Genetic, and Metabolic Diseases
- Autoimmune Hepatitis
- Wilson’s Disease
- Hemochromatosis
- Primary Biliary Cirrhosis
- Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis
- Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease and Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis
- Cirrhosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 44-4 Cirrhosis that developed secondary to alcoholism. The characteristic diffuse nodularity of the surface is due to the combination of regeneration and scarring of the liver.
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Hepatitis
- Cirrhosis
- Liver and Pancreatic Cancer
- Gallbladder Disease
- Clinical Manifestations
- Early Manifestations.
- Later Manifestations.
- Jaundice.
- FIG. 44-5 Continuum of liver dysfunction in cirrhosis and resulting manifestations. ADH, Antidiuretic hormone; ALT, alanine aminotransferase; AST, aspartate aminotransferase.
- Skin Lesions.
- Hematologic Problems.
- Endocrine Problems.
- FIG. 44-6 Systemic clinical manifestations of liver cirrhosis.
- Peripheral Neuropathy.
- Complications
- Portal Hypertension and Esophageal and Gastric Varices.
- Peripheral Edema and Ascites.
- FIG. 44-7 Mechanisms for development of ascites.
- TABLE 44-9 FACTORS INVOLVED IN ASCITES
- FIG. 44-8 Gross ascites.
- Hepatic Encephalopathy.
- TABLE 44-10 FACTORS PRECIPITATING HEPATIC ENCEPHALOPATHY
- Hepatorenal Syndrome.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 44-11 GRADING SCALE FOR HEPATIC ENCEPHALOPATHY
- TABLE 44-12 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cirrhosis of the Liver
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- Ascites.
- Esophageal and Gastric Varices.
- Safety Alert
- Shunting Procedures.
- Hepatic Encephalopathy.
- FIG. 44-9 Portosystemic shunts. A, Portacaval shunt. The portal vein is anastomosed to the inferior vena cava, diverting blood from the portal vein to the systemic circulation. B, Distal splenorenal shunt. The splenic vein is anastomosed to the renal vein. The portal venous flow remains intact while esophageal varices are selectively decompressed. (The short gastric veins are decompressed.) The spleen conducts blood from the high pressure of the esophageal and gastric varices to the low-pressure renal vein.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- TABLE 44-13 DRUG THERAPY: Cirrhosis
- Nursing Management Cirrhosis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 44-14 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Cirrhosis
- Acute Intervention.
- Bleeding Varices.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Rationing
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Hepatic Encephalopathy.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- TABLE 44-15 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Cirrhosis
- Acute Liver Failure
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Liver Failure
- Liver Cancer (Hepatocellular Cancer)
- FIG. 44-10 Multiple hepatic metastases from a primary colon cancer. A, Gross specimen showing outside of liver. B, Liver section showing metastatic lesions.
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Liver Cancer
- Liver Transplantation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Liver Disease in the Older Adult
- FIG. 44-11 Pathogenic process of acute pancreatitis.
- Disorders of the Pancreas
- Acute Pancreatitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 44-12 In acute pancreatitis, the pancreas appears edematous and is commonly hemorrhagic (H).
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- TABLE 44-16 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Acute Pancreatitis
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Conservative Therapy.
- TABLE 44-17 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Pancreatitis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Surgical Therapy.
- TABLE 44-18 DRUG THERAPY: Acute and Chronic Pancreatitis
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Acute Pancreatitis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 44-19 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Acute Pancreatitis
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Safety Alert
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Chronic Pancreatitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Chronic Pancreatitis
- Pancreatic Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 44-13 Whipple procedure or radical pancreaticoduodenectomy. This surgical procedure involves resection of the proximal pancreas, adjoining duodenum, distal portion of the stomach, and distal portion of the common bile duct. An anastomosis of the pancreatic duct, common bile duct, and stomach to the jejunum is done.
- Nursing Management Pancreatic Cancer
- FIG. 44-14 Cholesterol gallstones in a gallbladder that was removed.
- Disorders of the Biliary Tract
- Cholelithiasis and Cholecystitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cholelithiasis.
- Gender Differences
- TABLE 44-20 MANIFESTATIONS OF OBSTRUCTED BILE FLOW
- Cholecystitis.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Conservative Therapy
- Cholelithiasis.
- FIG. 44-15 During endoscopic sphincterotomy, an endoscope is advanced through the mouth and stomach until its tip sits in the duodenum opposite the common bile duct. Inset, After widening the duct mouth by incising the sphincter muscle, the physician advances a basket attachment into the duct and snags the stone.
- Cholecystitis.
- Surgical Therapy.
- TABLE 44-21 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cholelithiasis and Acute Cholecystitis
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Transhepatic Biliary Catheter.
- Drug Therapy.
- FIG. 44-16 Placement of T tube. Dotted lines indicate parts removed.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Gallbladder Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 44-22 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Cholecystitis or Cholelithiasis
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Postoperative Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gallbladder Cancer
- TABLE 44-23 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Postoperative Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
- Case Study Cirrhosis of the Liver
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Values
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 9 Problems of Urinary Function
- Problems of Urinary Function
- Pre-Test – Section 9
- Interactive Review – Section 9
- Chapter 45 Nursing Assessment: Urinary System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Structures and Functions of Urinary System
- Kidneys
- Macrostructure.
- FIG. 45-1 Organs of the urinary system. A, Upper urinary tract in relation to other anatomic structures. B, Male urethra in relation to other pelvic structures. C, Female urethra.
- Microstructure.
- FIG. 45-2 Longitudinal section of the kidney.
- FIG. 45-3 The nephron is the basic functional unit of the kidney. This illustration of a single nephron unit also shows the surrounding blood vessels.
- Blood Supply.
- Physiology of Urine Formation.
- Glomerular Function.
- Tubular Function.
- TABLE 45-1 FUNCTIONS OF NEPHRON SEGMENTS
- FIG. 45-4 Renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system.
- Other Functions of Kidneys.
- Ureters
- FIG. 45-5 Urinary bladder of a male.
- Bladder
- Urethra
- Urethrovesical Unit
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Urinary System
- TABLE 45-2 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Urinary System
- Assessment of Urinary System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect
- Palpate
- Percuss
- Auscultate
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- TABLE 45-3 POTENTIALLY NEPHROTOXIC AGENTS
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- TABLE 45-4 HEALTH HISTORY: Urinary System
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- TABLE 45-5 MANIFESTATIONS OF URINARY SYSTEM DISORDERS
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- Percussion.
- FIG. 45-6 Palpating the right kidney.
- Auscultation.
- FIG. 45-7 Indirect fist percussion of the costovertebral angle (CVA). To assess the kidney, place one hand over the twelfth rib at the CVA on the back. Thump that hand with the ulnar edge of the other fist.
- TABLE 45-6 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF URINARY SYSTEM
- Case Study—cont’d
- Diagnostic Studies of Urinary System
- Case Study—cont’d
- TABLE 45-7 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Urinary System
- TABLE 45-8 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Urinary System
- FIG. 45-8 Renal arteriogram showing stenosis of the right renal artery (arrow).
- FIG. 45-9 Catheter insertion for a renal arteriogram.
- FIG. 45-10 Cystoscopic examination of the bladder in a man. A, Flexible cystonephroscope. B, Scope inserted into bladder.
- Urine Studies
- Urinalysis.
- Creatinine Clearance.
- TABLE 45-9 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Urinalysis
- Urodynamic Studies
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 46 Nursing Management: Renal and Urologic Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Infectious and Inflammatory Disorders of Urinary System
- Urinary Tract Infection
- TABLE 46-1 CAUSES OF URINARY TRACT INFECTIONS
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Classification of Urinary Tract Infection
- FIG. 46-1 Sites of infectious processes in the upper and lower urinary tracts.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 46-2 RISK FACTORS FOR URINARY TRACT INFECTIONS
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 46-3 LOWER URINARY TRACT SYMPTOMS (LUTS)
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 46-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Urinary Tract Infection
- Nursing Management Urinary Tract Infection
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 46-5 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Urinary Tract Infection
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Do Cranberry Products Prevent Urinary Tract Infections?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 46-6 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Urinary Tract Infection
- Evaluation
- Acute Pyelonephritis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 46-2 Acute pyelonephritis. Cortical surface shows grayish white areas of inflammation and abscess formation (arrows).
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Acute Pyelonephritis
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 46-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Pyelonephritis
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- Chronic Pyelonephritis
- Urethritis
- Urethral Diverticula
- Interstitial Cystitis/Painful Bladder Syndrome
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Interstitial Cystitis/Painful Bladder Syndrome
- Renal Tuberculosis
- Immunologic Disorders of Kidney
- Glomerulonephritis
- TABLE 46-8 CAUSES OR RISK FACTORS FOR GLOMERULONEPHRITIS
- Acute Poststreptococcal Glomerulonephritis
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Poststreptococcal Glomerulonephritis
- Goodpasture Syndrome
- Rapidly Progressive Glomerulonephritis
- Chronic Glomerulonephritis
- Nephrotic Syndrome
- Etiology and Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 46-9 CAUSES OF NEPHROTIC SYNDROME
- Primary Glomerular Disease
- Extrarenal Causes
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Nephrotic Syndrome
- Obstructive Uropathies
- FIG. 46-3 Sites and causes of upper and lower urinary tract obstruction.
- Urinary Tract Calculi
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 46-4 Hydronephrosis of the kidney. Note the marked dilation of the pelvis and calyces and thinning of the renal parenchyma.
- FIG. 46-5 A, Renal staghorn calculus. The renal pelvis is filled with a large calculus that is shaped to its contours, resembling the horns of a stag (S). B, Imbedded staghorn calculus (arrow) in hydronephrotic, infected, nonfunctioning kidney.
- Gender Differences
- TABLE 46-10 RISK FACTORS FOR URINARY TRACT CALCULI
- Types of Urinary Calculi
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 46-11 TYPES OF URINARY TRACT CALCULI
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 46-6 A, Calcium oxalate stones. B, Plain abdominal x-ray showing large bladder calculus.
- Endourologic Procedures.
- Lithotripsy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- TABLE 46-12 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Urinary Tract Calculi
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Urinary Tract Calculi
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 46-13 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Urinary Tract Calculi
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- Strictures
- Ureteral Strictures
- Urethral Strictures
- Renal Trauma
- Renal Vascular Problems
- Nephrosclerosis
- Renal Artery Stenosis
- Renal Vein Thrombosis
- Hereditary Kidney Diseases
- Polycystic Kidney Disease
- Genetic Link
- Genetics In Clinical Practice
- FIG. 46-7 A, Comparison of polycystic kidney with normal kidney. B, Cysts in the liver.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Polycystic Kidney Disease
- Medullary Cystic Disease
- Alport Syndrome
- Urinary Tract Tumors
- Kidney Cancer
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 46-8 Cross section of kidney with renal cell carcinoma. The carcinoma (black arrow) is on the pole of the kidney. Note that the renal vein is involved and thrombosed (white arrow).
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Kidney Cancer
- TABLE 46-14 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Renal Cell Carcinoma
- Bladder Cancer
- FIG. 46-9 A, Papillary transitional cell carcinoma (T) seen arising from the dome of the bladder as a cauliflower-like lesion (arrow). B, Opened bladder showing bladder cancer at an advanced stage. Yellow areas represent ulcerations and necrosis (arrows).
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Bladder Cancer
- Surgical Therapy
- TABLE 46-15 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Bladder Cancer
- Radiation Therapy and Chemotherapy
- Intravesical Therapy
- Gender Differences
- Bladder Dysfunction
- Urinary Incontinence
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 46-16 DRUG THERAPY: Drugs Affecting Lower Urinary Tract Function
- Diagnostic Studies
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence
- Nursing Implications
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 46-17 TYPES OF URINARY INCONTINENCE
- Drug Alert
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Urinary Incontinence
- TABLE 46-18 INTERVENTIONS FOR URINARY INCONTINENCE
- TABLE 46-19 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Pelvic Floor Muscle (Kegel) Exercises
- Urinary Retention
- TABLE 46-20 DRUG THERAPY: Voiding Dysfunction*
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Incontinent Patient
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Urinary Retention
- TABLE 46-21 INDICATIONS FOR URINARY CATHETERIZATION
- Catheterization
- Indications for and Complications of Catheterization
- FIG. 46-10 Types of urinary catheters. A, Simple urethral catheter. B, Mushroom-tip de Pezzer catheter (can be for suprapubic catheterization). C, Wing-tip Malecot catheter. D, Indwelling urethral catheter with inflated balloon. E, Indwelling Tiemann catheter with coudé-tip–inflated balloon. F, Three-way indwelling catheter (third lumen can be used for irrigation).
- Catheter Construction
- Types of Catheters
- Urethral Catheters
- Delegation Decisions Urinary Catheters
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Ureteral Catheters
- Suprapubic Catheters
- Nephrostomy Tubes
- Intermittent Catheterization
- Surgery of the Urinary Tract
- Renal and Ureteral Surgery
- Surgical Procedure
- Laparoscopic Nephrectomy.
- Preoperative Management
- Postoperative Management
- Urine Output.
- Respiratory Status.
- Abdominal Distention.
- Urinary Diversion
- Incontinent Urinary Diversion
- Continent Urinary Diversions
- TABLE 46-22 URINARY DIVERSION SURGERY
- FIG. 46-11 Methods of urinary diversion. A, Ureteroileosigmoidostomy. B, Ileal loop (ileal conduit). C, Ureterostomy (transcutaneous ureterostomy and bilateral cutaneous ureterostomies). D, Nephrostomy.
- FIG. 46-12 Urinary stoma. Symmetric, no skin breakdown, protrudes about 1.5 cm. Mucosa is healthy red. This configuration is flat when the patient is upright or supine.
- FIG. 46-13 Creation of a Kock pouch with implantation of ureters into one intussuscepted portion of the pouch and creation of a stoma with the other intussuscepted portion.
- Orthotopic Bladder Reconstruction
- Nursing Management Urinary Diversion
- Preoperative Management
- Postoperative Management
- TABLE 46-23 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Ileal Conduit Appliances
- FIG. 46-14 Ammonia salt encrustation secondary to alkaline urine.
- FIG. 46-15 Retracted urinary stoma with pressure sore from faceplate above stoma (arrow).
- Case Study Urinary Tract Infection
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 47 Nursing Management: Acute Kidney Injury and Chronic Kidney Disease
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- Acute Kidney Injury
- TABLE 47-1 COMPARISON OF ACUTE KIDNEY INJURY AND CHRONIC KIDNEY DISEASE
- TABLE 47-2 COMMON CAUSES OF ACUTE KIDNEY INJURY
- Hypovolemia
- Decreased Cardiac Output
- Decreased Peripheral Vascular Resistance
- Decreased Renovascular Blood Flow
- Nephrotoxic Injury
- Interstitial Nephritis
- Other Causes
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Prerenal.
- Intrarenal.
- FIG. 47-1 Acute tubular necrosis. The kidneys are swollen and pale.
- Postrenal.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 47-3 RIFLE CLASSIFICATION FOR STAGING ACUTE KIDNEY INJURY
- Oliguric Phase.
- Urinary Changes.
- Fluid Volume.
- Metabolic Acidosis.
- Sodium Balance.
- Potassium Excess.
- Hematologic Disorders.
- Waste Product Accumulation.
- Neurologic Disorders.
- Diuretic Phase.
- Recovery Phase.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 47-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Kidney Injury
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 47-5 THERAPIES FOR ELEVATED POTASSIUM LEVELS
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Acute Kidney Injury
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Informatics in Practice Computer Monitoring of Antibiotic Safety
- Ambulatory And Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Acute Kidney Injury
- Chronic Kidney Disease
- TABLE 47-6 STAGES OF CHRONIC KIDNEY DISEASE
- Clinical Manifestations
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- African Americans
- Native Americans
- Hispanics
- Urinary System.
- Metabolic Disturbances
- Waste Product Accumulation.
- Altered Carbohydrate Metabolism.
- FIG. 47-2 Possible clinical manifestations of chronic kidney disease.
- Elevated Triglycerides.
- Electrolyte and Acid-Base Imbalances
- Potassium.
- Sodium.
- Calcium and Phosphate.
- Magnesium.
- Metabolic Acidosis.
- Hematologic System
- Anemia.
- Bleeding Tendencies.
- Infection.
- Cardiovascular System.
- Respiratory System.
- Gastrointestinal System.
- Neurologic System.
- Musculoskeletal System.
- FIG. 47-3 Mechanisms of chronic kidney disease mineral and bone disorder (CKD-MBD). GFR, Glomerular filtration rate; PTH, parathyroid hormone.
- Integumentary System.
- Reproductive System.
- Psychologic Changes.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 47-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Chronic Kidney Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 47-8 INDICATORS OF KIDNEY FUNCTION
- TABLE 47-9 RISK FACTORS FOR CHRONIC KIDNEY DISEASE
- Drug Therapy
- Hyperkalemia.
- Hypertension.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Can Exercise Improve Physical Fitness in Chronic Kidney Disease?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- CKD-MBD.
- Anemia.
- Dyslipidemia.
- Complications of Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy
- Protein Restriction.
- TABLE 47-10 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Chronic Kidney Disease*
- Water Restriction.
- Sodium and Potassium Restriction.
- Phosphate Restriction.
- Nursing Management Chronic Kidney Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 47-11 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: High-Potassium Foods*
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory And Home Care.
- Healthy People
- TABLE 47-12 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Chronic Kidney Disease
- Evaluation
- Dialysis
- TABLE 47-13 COMPARISON OF PERITONEAL DIALYSIS AND HEMODIALYSIS
- General Principles of Dialysis
- FIG. 47-4 Osmosis and diffusion across a semipermeable membrane.
- Peritoneal Dialysis
- Catheter Placement
- FIG. 47-5 Peritoneal dialysis showing peritoneal catheter inserted into peritoneal cavity.
- Dialysis Solutions and Cycles
- FIG. 47-6 Peritoneal catheter exit site.
- Peritoneal Dialysis Systems
- Automated Peritoneal Dialysis.
- Continuous Ambulatory Peritoneal Dialysis.
- Complications of Peritoneal Dialysis
- Exit Site Infection.
- FIG. 47-7 Automated peritoneal dialysis that can be used while the patient is sleeping.
- Peritonitis.
- Hernias.
- Lower Back Problems.
- Bleeding.
- Pulmonary Complications.
- Protein Loss.
- Effectiveness of Chronic Peritoneal Dialysis
- Hemodialysis
- Vascular Access
- Arteriovenous Fistulas and Grafts.
- FIG. 47-8 Vascular access for hemodialysis. A, Arteriovenous fistula. B, Arteriovenous graft.
- Temporary Vascular Access.
- FIG. 47-9 Arteriovenous fistula created by anastomosing an artery and a vein.
- FIG. 47-10 Temporary double-lumen vascular access catheter for acute hemodialysis. A, Soft, flexible double-lumen tube is attached to a Y hub. B, The distance between the arterial intake lumen and the venous return lumen typically provides recirculation rates of 5% or less.
- Dialyzers.
- Procedure for Hemodialysis
- FIG. 47-11 A, Right internal jugular placement for a tunneled, cuffed semipermanent catheter. B, Temporary hemodialysis catheter in place. C, Long-term cuffed hemodialysis catheter.
- FIG. 47-12 Components of a hemodialysis system. Blood is removed via a needle inserted in a fistula or via catheter lumen. It is propelled to the dialyzer by a blood pump. Heparin is infused either as a bolus predialysis or through a heparin pump continuously to prevent clotting. Dialysate is pumped in and flows in the opposite direction of the blood. The dialyzed blood is returned to the patient through a second needle or catheter lumen. Old dialysate and ultrafiltrate are drained and discarded.
- Settings and Schedules for Hemodialysis.
- Complications of Hemodialysis
- Hypotension.
- FIG. 47-13 Home hemodialysis is growing in popularity, and machines are more compact.
- Muscle Cramps.
- Loss of Blood.
- Hepatitis.
- Effectiveness of Hemodialysis
- Continuous Renal Replacement Therapy
- TABLE 47-14 CONTINUOUS RENAL REPLACEMENT THERAPIES
- FIG. 47-14 Basic schematic of continuous venovenous therapies. Blood pump is required to pump blood through the circuit. Replacement ports are used for instilling replacement fluids and can be given prefilter or postfilter. Dialysate port is used for infusing dialysis solution. Regardless of modality, ultrafiltrate is drained via the ultrafiltration drain port.
- Kidney Transplantation
- Recipient Selection
- Histocompatibility Studies
- Donor Sources
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Allocation of Resources
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Live Donors.
- Deceased Donors.
- Surgical Procedure
- Live Donor.
- Kidney Transplant Recipient.
- FIG. 47-15 A, Surgical incision for a renal transplant. B, Surgical placement of transplanted kidney.
- Nursing Management Kidney Transplant Recipient
- Preoperative Care
- Postoperative Care
- Live Donor.
- Kidney Transplant Recipient.
- Immunosuppressive Therapy
- Complications of Transplantation
- Rejection.
- Infection.
- TABLE 47-15 COMPLICATIONS OF DIALYSIS AND TRANSPLANTATION
- Cardiovascular Disease.
- Malignancies.
- Recurrence of Original Kidney Disease.
- Corticosteroid-Related Complications.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Chronic Kidney Disease
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Withdrawing Treatment
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Case Study Chronic Kidney Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Laboratory Data
- Physical Examination
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 10 Problems Related to Regulatory and Reproductive Mechanisms
- Problems Related to Regulatory and Reproductive Mechanisms
- Pre-Test – Section 10
- Interactive Review – Section 10
- Chapter 48 Nursing Assessment: Endocrine System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Structures and Functions of Endocrine System
- Glands
- Hormones
- FIG. 48-1 Location of the major endocrine glands. The parathyroid glands lie on the posterior surface of the thyroid gland.
- Hormone Receptors.
- Lipid-Soluble and Water-Soluble Hormones.
- FIG. 48-2 The target cell concept. Hormones act only on cells that have receptors specific to that hormone, since the shape of the receptor determines which hormone can react with it. This is an example of the lock-and-key model of biochemical reactions.
- FIG. 48-3 A, Lipid-soluble hormones (e.g., steroid hormones) penetrate the cell membrane and interact with intracellular receptors. B, Water-soluble hormones (e.g., protein hormones) bind to receptors located in the cell membrane. The hormone-receptor interaction stimulates various cell responses.
- TABLE 48-1 ENDOCRINE GLANDS AND HORMONES
- Regulation of Hormonal Secretion.
- Simple Feedback.
- Nervous System Control.
- FIG. 48-4 Feedback mechanism between parathyroid hormone (PTH) and calcium.
- Rhythms.
- Hypothalamus
- Pituitary
- FIG. 48-5 Circadian rhythm of cortisol secretion.
- Anterior Pituitary.
- TABLE 48-2 HORMONES OF THE HYPOTHALAMUS
- Posterior Pituitary.
- FIG. 48-6 Relationship between the hypothalamus, pituitary, and target organs. The hypothalamus communicates with the anterior pituitary via a capillary system and with the posterior pituitary via nerve tracts. The anterior and posterior pituitary hormones are shown with their target tissues. FSH, Follicle-stimulating hormone; LH, luteinizing hormone.
- FIG. 48-7 Relationship of plasma osmolality to antidiuretic hormone (ADH) release and action.
- Pineal Gland
- Thyroid Gland
- Thyroxine and Triiodothyronine.
- FIG. 48-8 Thyroid and parathyroid glands. Note the surrounding structures.
- Calcitonin.
- Parathyroid Glands
- Parathyroid Hormone.
- FIG. 48-9 The adrenal gland is composed of the adrenal cortex and the adrenal medulla.
- Adrenal Glands
- Adrenal Medulla.
- Adrenal Cortex.
- Cortisol.
- Aldosterone.
- Adrenal Androgens.
- Pancreas
- Glucagon.
- Insulin.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Endocrine System
- TABLE 48-3 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Endocrine System
- Assessment of Endocrine System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- TABLE 48-4 HEALTH HISTORY: Endocrine System
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Pituitary
- Thyroid
- Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia
- Diabetes Mellitus
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Integument.
- Head.
- Neck.
- FIG. 48-10 Posterior palpation of the thyroid gland.
- Thorax.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect/Measure
- Auscultate
- Palpate
- Abdomen.
- Extremities.
- Genitalia.
- Diagnostic Studies of Endocrine System
- TABLE 48-5 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Endocrine System
- TABLE 48-6 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Endocrine System
- Case Study—cont’d
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 49 Nursing Management: Diabetes Mellitus
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTable
- Diabetes Mellitus
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Normal Insulin Metabolism.
- FIG. 49-1 Normal endogenous insulin secretion. In the first hour or two after meals, insulin concentrations rise rapidly in blood and peak at about 1 hour. After meals, insulin concentrations promptly decline toward preprandial values as carbohydrate absorption from the gastrointestinal tract declines. After carbohydrate absorption from the gastrointestinal tract is complete and during the night, insulin concentrations are low and fairly constant, with a slight increase at dawn.
- TABLE 49-1 COMPARISON OF TYPE 1 AND TYPE 2 DIABETES MELLITUS
- Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology.
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 49-2 Altered mechanisms in type 1 and type 2 diabetes mellitus.
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Onset of Disease.
- Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology.
- Genetic Link
- Onset of Disease.
- Prediabetes.
- Gestational Diabetes.
- Other Specific Types of Diabetes.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 49-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Diabetes Mellitus
- Drug Therapy: Insulin
- Types of Insulin.
- Insulin Regimens.
- TABLE 49-3 DRUG THERAPY: Types of Insulin
- FIG. 49-3 Commercially available insulin preparations showing onset, peak, and duration of action. Individual patient responses to each type of insulin are different and affected by many different factors.
- TABLE 49-4 DRUG THERAPY: Insulin Regimens
- Mealtime Insulin (Bolus).
- Long- or Intermediate-Acting (Basal) Background Insulin.
- Combination Insulin Therapy.
- Storage of Insulin.
- Administration of Insulin.
- Insulin Injection.
- TABLE 49-5 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Insulin Therapy
- FIG. 49-4 Mixing insulins. This step-order process avoids the problem of contaminating regular insulin with intermediate-acting insulin.
- FIG. 49-5 Injection sites for insulin.
- Insulin Pump.
- FIG. 49-6 Parts of insulin pen.
- FIG. 49-7 A, OmniPod Insulin Management System. The Pod holds and delivers insulin. B, The Personal Diabetes Manager (PDM) wirelessly programs insulin delivery via the Pod. The PDM has a built-in glucose meter.
- Problems With Insulin Therapy.
- TABLE 49-6 ASSESSING THE PATIENT TREATED WITH GLUCOSE-LOWERING AGENTS
- Allergic Reactions.
- Lipodystrophy.
- Somogyi Effect and Dawn Phenomenon.
- Drug Therapy: Oral and Noninsulin Injectable Agents
- Biguanides.
- Drug Alert
- Sulfonylureas.
- Meglitinides.
- α-Glucosidase Inhibitors.
- Thiazolidinediones.
- Dipeptidyl Peptidase-4 (DPP-4) Inhibitors.
- TABLE 49-7 DRUG THERAPY: Oral Agents and Noninsulin Injectable Agents
- Sodium-Glucose Co-Transporter 2 (SGLT2) Inhibitors.
- Dopamine Receptor Agonist.
- Combination Oral Therapy.
- Glucagon-Like Peptide Receptor Agonists.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Amylin Analog.
- Drug Alert
- Other Drugs Affecting Blood Glucose Levels.
- Nutritional Therapy
- TABLE 49-8 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Diabetes Mellitus
- Type 1 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Type 2 Diabetes Mellitus.
- Food Composition.
- Carbohydrates.
- Fats.
- Protein.
- Alcohol.
- Patient Teaching Related to Nutritional Therapy.
- Exercise
- TABLE 49-9 ACTIVITIES THAT AFFECT CALORIC EXPENDITURE
- Monitoring Blood Glucose
- TABLE 49-10 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Exercise for Patients With Diabetes Mellitus
- FIG. 49-8 Blood glucose monitors are used to measure blood glucose levels. Medtronic OneTouch UltraLink glucose meter.
- FIG. 49-9 The MiniMed Paradigm® REAL-Time Revel™ Insulin Pump (A) delivers insulin through a thin plastic tubing to an infusion set, which has a cannula (B) that sits under the skin. Continuous glucose monitoring occurs through a tiny sensor (C) inserted under the skin. Sensor data are sent continuously to the insulin pump through wireless technology giving a more complete picture of glucose levels, which can lead to better treatment decisions and better glucose control.
- TABLE 49-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Self-Monitoring of Blood Glucose (SMBG)
- Bariatric Surgery
- Pancreas Transplantation
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Bariatric Surgery for Obese Adults With Type 2 Diabetes
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Culturally Competent Care
- Diabetes Mellitus
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Nursing Management Diabetes Mellitus
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 49-12 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Diabetes Mellitus
- TABLE 49-13 TESTING FOR DIABETES IN ASYMPTOMATIC, UNDIAGNOSED INDIVIDUALS
- Healthy People
- Acute Intervention.
- Stress of Acute Illness and Surgery.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Insulin Therapy.
- Oral and Noninsulin Injectable Agents.
- Personal Hygiene.
- Medical Identification and Travel.
- FIG. 49-10 Medical alerts. A patient with diabetes should carry a card and wear a bracelet or necklace that indicates diabetes. If the patient with diabetes is unconscious, these measures will ensure prompt and appropriate attention.
- Patient and Caregiver Teaching.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence*
- Nursing Implications
- Informatics in Practice Patient Teaching Using Gaming
- Evaluation
- TABLE 49-14 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Management of Diabetes Mellitus
- Acute Complications of Diabetes Mellitus
- TABLE 49-15 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Instructions for Patients With Diabetes Mellitus
- TABLE 49-16 COMPARISON OF HYPERGLYCEMIA AND HYPOGLYCEMIA
- Diabetic Ketoacidosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 49-17 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Diabetic Ketoacidosis (DKA) and Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic Syndrome (HHS)
- FIG. 49-11 Metabolic events leading to diabetic ketoacidosis.
- TABLE 49-18 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Diabetic Ketoacidosis
- Safety Alert
- Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic Syndrome
- FIG. 49-12 Pathophysiology of hyperosmolar hyperglycemic syndrome.
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Diabetic Ketoacidosis and Hyperosmolar Hyperglycemic Syndrome
- Hypoglycemia
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypoglycemia
- TABLE 49-19 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Hypoglycemia
- Chronic Complications of Diabetes Mellitus
- Angiopathy
- FIG. 49-13 Long-term complications of diabetes mellitus.
- Macrovascular Complications
- TABLE 49-20 MONITORING FOR LONG-TERM COMPLICATIONS OF DIABETES MELLITUS
- Microvascular Complications
- Diabetic Retinopathy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Collaborative Care
- Nephropathy
- Neuropathy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Classification
- Sensory Neuropathy.
- FIG. 49-14 Neuropathy: neurotrophic ulceration.
- Autonomic Neuropathy.
- FIG. 49-15 The necrotic toe developed as a complication of diabetes. A, Before amputation. B, After amputation.
- Complications of Feet and Lower Extremities
- TABLE 49-21 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE*Foot Care
- Integumentary Complications
- Infection
- FIG. 49-16 Necrobiosis lipoidica diabeticorum.
- Psychologic Considerations
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Diabetes Mellitus
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Durable Power of Attorney for Health Care
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Diabetes Mellitus
- Case Study Diabetic Ketoacidosis
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data (Provided by Wife)
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 50 Nursing Management: Endocrine Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Disorders of Anterior Pituitary Gland
- Acromegaly
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 50-1 Progressive development of facial changes associated with acromegaly.
- Gender Differences
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 50-2 Surgery on the pituitary gland is most commonly performed with the transsphenoidal approach. An incision is made in the inner aspect of the upper lip and gingiva. The sella turcica is entered through the floor of the nose and sphenoid sinuses.
- Radiation Therapy.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nursing Management Acromegaly
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Implementation
- Excesses of Other Tropic Hormones
- Hypofunction of Pituitary Gland
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 50-1 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF HYPOPITUITARISM
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypopituitarism
- FIG. 50-3 Pathophysiology of syndrome of inappropriate antidiuretic hormone (SIADH).
- Disorders of Posterior Pituitary Gland
- Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 50-2 CAUSES OF SYNDROME OF INAPPROPRIATE ANTIDIURETIC HORMONE
- Malignant Tumors
- Central Nervous System Disorders
- Drug Therapy
- Miscellaneous Conditions
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Syndrome of Inappropriate Antidiuretic Hormone
- Diabetes Insipidus
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 50-4 Pathophysiology of diabetes insipidus (DI).
- TABLE 50-3 TYPES OF DIABETES INSIPIDUS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Diabetes Insipidus
- FIG. 50-5 Continuum of thyroid dysfunction.
- Disorders of Thyroid Gland
- Goiter
- TABLE 50-4 GOITROGENS
- Thyroid Inhibitors
- Other Drugs
- Foods*
- FIG. 50-6 Exophthalmos and goiter of Graves’ disease.
- Thyroiditis
- Hyperthyroidism
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Graves’ Disease.
- TABLE 50-5 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF THYROID DYSFUNCTION
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- TABLE 50-6 LABORATORY RESULTS FOR HYPERTHYROID AND HYPOTHYROID PATIENTS
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 50-7 COMPARISON OF HYPERTHYROIDISM IN YOUNGER AND OLDER ADULTS
- FIG. 50-7 Thyroid acropachy. Digital clubbing and swelling of fingers.
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Antithyroid Drugs.
- TABLE 50-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Hyperthyroidism
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Iodine.
- β-Adrenergic Blockers.
- Radioactive Iodine Therapy.
- FIG. 50-8 Subtotal thyroidectomy. Part of the thyroid gland is removed.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Hyperthyroidism
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 50-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Hyperthyroidism
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention.
- Acute Thyrotoxicosis.
- Thyroid Surgery.
- Postoperative Care.
- Safety Alert
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Hypothyroidism
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 50-9 Common features of myxedema. Dull, puffy skin; coarse, sparse hair; periorbital edema; and prominent tongue.
- TABLE 50-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Hypothyroidism
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Hypothyroidism
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 50-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Hypothyroidism
- Evaluation
- Thyroid Nodules and Cancer
- Types of Thyroid Cancer
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Thyroid Cancer
- Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia
- Disorders of Parathyroid Glands
- Hyperparathyroidism
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 50-12 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF PARATHYROID DYSFUNCTION
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nonsurgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Hyperparathyroidism
- Hypoparathyroidism
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Hypoparathyroidism
- Disorders of Adrenal Cortex
- Cushing Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 50-13 CLINICAL MANIFESTATIONS OF ADRENOCORTICAL DYSFUNCTION
- FIG. 50-10 Cushing syndrome. Facies include a rounded face (“moon face”) with thin, reddened skin. Hirsutism may also be present.
- FIG. 50-11 Common characteristics of Cushing syndrome.
- FIG. 50-12 Cushing syndrome. Truncal obesity; broad, purple striae; and easy bruising (left antecubital fossa).
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 50-14 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cushing Syndrome
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy*
- Nursing Management Cushing Syndrome
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 50-15 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Cushing Syndrome
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Preoperative Care.
- Postoperative Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Adrenocortical Insufficiency
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- FIG. 50-13 Hyperpigmentation typically seen in Addison’s disease.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Addison’s Disease
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute intervention.
- TABLE 50-16 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Addison’s Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 50-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Addison’s Disease
- Corticosteroid Therapy
- TABLE 50-18 DRUG THERAPY: Diseases and Disorders Treated With Corticosteroids
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 50-19 DRUG THERAPY: Effects and Side Effects of Corticosteroids
- Hyperaldosteronism
- TABLE 50-20 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Corticosteroid Therapy
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Primary Hyperaldosteronism
- Disorders of Adrenal Medulla
- Pheochromocytoma
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Pheochromocytoma
- Case Study Graves’ Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 51 Nursing Assessment: Reproductive System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Structures and Functions of Male and Female Reproductive Systems
- Male Reproductive System
- FIG. 51-1 Male reproductive tract.
- Testes.
- Ducts.
- FIG. 51-2 Seminiferous tubules, testis, epididymis, and ductus (vas) deferens in the male.
- Glands.
- External Genitalia.
- Female Reproductive System
- Pelvic Organs
- Ovaries.
- Fallopian Tubes.
- Uterus.
- FIG. 51-3 Female reproductive tract.
- Vagina.
- Pelvis.
- External Genitalia.
- Breasts.
- FIG. 51-4 External female genitalia.
- FIG. 51-5 The lactating female breast. A, Glandular structures are anchored to the overlying skin and the pectoralis muscle by suspensory ligaments of Cooper. Each lobule of glandular tissue is drained by a lactiferous duct that eventually opens through the nipple. B, Anterior view of a lactating breast. In nonlactating breasts, glandular tissue is less evident with adipose tissue comprising most of the breast.
- Neuroendocrine Regulation of Reproductive System
- FIG. 51-6 Hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. Only the major pituitary hormone actions are depicted. FSH, Follicle-stimulating hormone; GnRH, gonadotropin-releasing hormone; ICSH, interstitial cell–stimulating hormone; LH, luteinizing hormone.
- TABLE 51-1 GONADAL FEEDBACK MECHANISMS
- Menarche
- FIG. 51-7 Events of the menstrual cycle. The lines depict the changes in blood hormone levels, the development of the follicles, and the changes in the endometrium during the cycle. FSH, Follicle-stimulating hormone; LH, luteinizing hormone.
- Menstrual Cycle
- TABLE 51-2 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Characteristics of Menstruation
- Menopause
- Phases of Sexual Response
- Male Sexual Response.
- Female Sexual Response.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Reproductive Systems
- TABLE 51-3 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Reproductive Systems
- Assessment of Male and Female Reproductive Systems
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information.
- Past Health History.
- Gender Differences
- Medications.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- TABLE 51-4 SURGERIES OF THE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEMS
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- Genetic Risk Alert
- TABLE 51-5 HEALTH HISTORY: Reproductive System
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- TABLE 51-6 SEXUAL HISTORY FORMAT
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination: Male.
- Pubis.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Penis.
- Scrotum and Testes.
- Inguinal Region and Spermatic Cord.
- Anus and Prostate.
- Physical Examination: Female.
- Breasts.
- External Genitalia.
- Internal Pelvic Examination.
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect
- Palpate
- Case Study—cont’d
- Diagnostic Studies of Reproductive Systems
- Urine Studies
- Pregnancy Testing.
- TABLE 51-7 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM
- Hormone Studies.
- Blood Studies
- Hormone Studies.
- Tumor Markers.
- TABLE 51-8 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Breast
- TABLE 51-9 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Female Reproductive System
- Serology Tests for Syphilis.
- TABLE 51-10 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Male Reproductive System
- Cultures and Smears
- TABLE 51-11 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Male and Female Reproductive Systems
- FIG. 51-8 Laparoscopic views of the female pelvis. A, Normal image. B, Pelvic inflammatory disease. Note reddish inflammatory membrane covering and fixing the ovary and uterus to the surrounding structures.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Radiologic Studies
- Mammography.
- Ultrasound.
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 52 Nursing Management: Breast Disorders
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Assessment of Breast Disorders
- Breast Cancer Screening Guidelines
- FIG. 52-1 Breast self-examination and patient instruction. 1, Lie down and place your left arm behind your head. Lying down spreads breast tissue evenly and thinly over the chest wall, making it easier to feel the tissue. 2, Use finger pads of three middle fingers on your right hand to feel for lumps in left breast. Use overlapping dime-sized circular motions to feel the breast tissue. Use three different levels of pressure to feel the breast tissue. Light pressure to feel tissue closest to the skin; medium pressure to feel a little deeper; and firm pressure to feel tissue closest to the chest and ribs. A firm ridge in the lower curve of each breast is normal. 3, The up-and-down (vertical) pattern is recommended for examining the entire breast. Move around the breast in an up-and-down pattern starting at an imaginary line straight down your side from the underarm (including the tail of Spence, which is the triangular breast tissue projecting into the axilla), and moving across the breast to the middle of the sternum. Examine the entire breast going down until you feel only ribs and up to the neck or clavicle. Repeat procedure while examining your right breast. 4, Stand in front of a mirror. Place your hands firmly on your hips, which will tighten the pectoralis muscles. Look at your breasts for size, shape, redness, scaliness, or dimpling of the breast skin or nipple. 5, Examine each underarm while standing or sitting with arm slightly raised. Check for any lump, hard knot, or thickening of tissue.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Radiologic Studies.
- FIG. 52-2 Screening mammogram showing dense breast tissue and benign, scattered microcalcifications of a 57-year-old. A, Using conventional x-rays. B, Using digital x-rays.
- Biopsies.
- Benign Breast Disorders
- Mastalgia
- Breast Infections
- Mastitis
- Lactational Breast Abscess
- TABLE 52-1 BENIGN BREAST DISORDERS*
- FIG. 52-3 A, Normal breast tissue. B, Fibrocystic breast tissue.
- Fibrocystic Changes
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Fibrocystic Changes
- Fibroadenoma
- Nipple Discharge
- Intraductal Papilloma
- Ductal Ectasia
- Gynecomastia in Men
- Senescent Gynecomastia
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Age-Related Breast Changes
- Breast Cancer
- Etiology and Risk Factors
- Risk Factors for Women.
- TABLE 52-2 RISK FACTORS FOR BREAST CANCER
- Genetic Link
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Risk Factors for Men.
- TABLE 52-3 TYPES OF BREAST CANCER
- Prophylactic Oophorectomy and Mastectomy.
- Pathophysiology
- Types of Breast Cancer
- Noninvasive Breast Cancer.
- Invasive (Infiltrating) Ductal Carcinoma.
- Inflammatory Breast Cancer.
- Paget’s Disease.
- Invasive (Infiltrating) Lobular Carcinoma.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 52-4 Distribution of where breast cancer occurs.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 52-4 SITES OF BREAST CANCER RECURRENCE AND METASTASIS
- FIG. 52-5 Lymph nodes and drainage in the axilla. The sentinel lymph node is usually found in the external mammary nodes. A complete axillary dissection would remove all nodes.
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 52-5 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Breast Cancer
- Staging of Breast Cancer.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Breast-Conserving Surgery.
- TABLE 52-6 STAGING OF BREAST CANCER
- TABLE 52-7 SURGICAL PROCEDURES FOR BREAST CANCER
- FIG. 52-6 Breast cancer surgery. A, Preoperative. B, Lumpectomy. C, Modified radical mastectomy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Axillary Lymph Node Dissection.
- Modified Radical Mastectomy.
- FIG. 52-7 Lymphedema. Accumulation of fluid in the tissue after excision of lymph nodes.
- Postmastectomy Pain Syndrome.
- Radiation Therapy.
- Primary Radiation Therapy.
- Brachytherapy.
- Palliative Radiation Therapy.
- Drug Therapy.
- FIG. 52-8 High-dose brachytherapy for breast cancer. The MammoSite system involves the insertion of a single small balloon catheter (B) at the time of the lumpectomy or shortly thereafter into the tumor resection cavity (the space that is left after the surgeon removes the tumor). A tiny radioactive seed (A) is inserted into the balloon, connected to a machine called an afterloader (C), and delivers the radiation therapy.
- Chemotherapy.
- Drug Alert
- Hormone Therapy.
- Estrogen Receptor Blockers.
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 52-8 DRUG THERAPY: Breast Cancer
- Aromatase Inhibitors.
- Estrogen Receptor Modulator and Others.
- Biologic and Targeted Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Follow-up and Survivorship Care.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- What Is the Effect of Physical Activity in Cancer Survivors?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Culturally Competent Care
- Breast Cancer
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Nursing Management Breast Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- TABLE 52-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Breast Cancer
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- FIG. 52-9 Postoperative exercises for the patient with a mastectomy or lumpectomy with axillary lymph node dissection.
- Emotional and Psychologic Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence*
- Nursing Implications
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Breast Cancer
- Mammoplasty
- Breast Reconstruction
- Indications.
- Types of Reconstruction
- Breast Implants and Tissue Expansion.
- FIG. 52-10 A, Appearance of chest after bilateral mastectomy. B, Postoperative breast reconstruction before nipple-areolar reconstruction. C, Postoperative breast reconstruction after nipple-areolar reconstruction.
- FIG. 52-11 A, Tissue expander with gradual expansion. B, Tissue expander in place after mastectomy.
- Tissue Flap Procedures.
- Nipple-Areolar Reconstruction.
- Breast Augmentation
- Breast Reduction
- FIG. 52-12 Transverse rectus abdominis musculocutaneous (TRAM) flap. A, TRAM flap is planned. B, The abdominal tissue, while attached to the rectus muscle, nerve, and blood supply, is tunneled through the abdomen to the chest. C, The flap is trimmed to shape the breast. The lower abdominal incision is closed. D, Nipple and areola are reconstructed after the breast is healed.
- Case Study Breast Cancer
- Patient Profile
- Collaborative Care
- Preoperative
- Operative Procedure
- Postoperative
- Follow-up Findings and Treatment
- Discussion Questions
- Nursing Management Breast Augmentation and Reduction
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 53 Nursing Management: Sexually Transmitted Infections
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Factors Affecting Incidence of Sexually Transmitted Infections
- TABLE 53-1 CAUSES OF SEXUALLY TRANSMITTED INFECTIONS
- Bacterial Infections
- Gonorrhea
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Men.
- Women.
- FIG. 53-1 Profuse, purulent drainage in a patient with gonorrhea.
- FIG. 53-2 Endocervical gonorrhea. Cervical redness and edema with discharge.
- General.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 53-3 Skin lesions with disseminated gonococcal infection. A, On the hand. B, On the fifth toe.
- Gender Differences
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 53-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Gonorrhea
- Drug Alert
- Syphilis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 53-3 STAGES OF SYPHILIS
- FIG. 53-4 Primary syphilis chancre.
- FIG. 53-5 Secondary syphilis. Mucous patch in the mouth.
- FIG. 53-6 Destructive skin gummas associated with tertiary syphilis.
- TABLE 53-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Syphilis
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Chlamydial Infections
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 53-5 RISK FACTORS FOR CHLAMYDIAL INFECTION
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- What Strategies Improve Screening Rates for Repeat Chlamydial Infections?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 53-7 Chlamydial epididymitis. Red, swollen scrotum.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 53-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Chlamydial Infection
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Viral Infections
- Genital Herpes
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Primary Episode.
- FIG. 53-8 Unruptured vesicles of herpes simplex virus type 2 (HSV-2). A, Vulvar area. B, Perianal area. C, Penile herpes simplex, ulcerative stage.
- Recurrent Episodes.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- FIG. 53-9 Autoinoculation of herpes simplex virus (HSV) to the lips.
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 53-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Genital Herpes
- Genital Warts
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- FIG. 53-10 Genital warts. A, Severe vulvar warts. B, Perineal wart. C, Multiple genital warts of the glans penis.
- HPV Vaccines.
- Nursing Management Sexually Transmitted Infections
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Healthy People
- Measures to Prevent Infection.
- TABLE 53-8 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Sexually Transmitted Infections
- TABLE 53-9 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Sexually Transmitted Infections
- Screening Programs.
- Case Finding.
- Educational and Research Programs.
- Acute Intervention
- Psychologic Support.
- Follow-up.
- Hygiene Measures.
- Sexual Activity.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Confidentiality and HIPAA
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Case Study Gonorrhea and Chlamydial Infection
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 54 Nursing Management: Female Reproductive Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Infertility
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 54-1 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Infertility
- Diagnostic Studies
- Ovulatory Studies.
- Tubal Patency Studies.
- Postcoital Studies.
- TABLE 54-2 DRUG THERAPY: Infertility
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Infertility
- Abortion
- Spontaneous Abortion
- Induced Abortion
- TABLE 54-3 METHODS FOR INDUCING ABORTION
- Problems Related to Menstruation
- Premenstrual Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- TABLE 54-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Premenstrual Syndrome (PMS)
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Dysmenorrhea
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Dysmenorrhea
- Abnormal Vaginal Bleeding
- Types of Irregular Bleeding
- Oligomenorrhea and Amenorrhea.
- Menorrhagia.
- TABLE 54-5 CAUSES OF AMENORRHEA
- Metrorrhagia.
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 54-1 Balloon thermotherapy for treatment of menorrhagia. A, Balloon-tipped catheter is inserted into the uterus through the vagina and the cervix. B, The balloon is inflated with a sterile fluid that expands to fit the size and shape of the uterus. The fluid is heated to 188° F (87° C) and maintained for 8 minutes while the uterine lining is treated. C, Fluid is withdrawn from the balloon and the catheter is removed.
- Nursing Management Abnormal Vaginal Bleeding
- FIG. 54-2 Ectopic pregnancy occurring in the fallopian tube.
- Ectopic Pregnancy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Ectopic Pregnancy
- FIG. 54-3 Laparoscopic treatment of ectopic pregnancy in the right fallopian tube.
- Perimenopause and Postmenopause
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 54-6 MANIFESTATIONS OF PERIMENOPAUSE AND POSTMENOPAUSE
- TABLE 54-7 MANIFESTATIONS OF ESTROGEN DEFICIENCY
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Nonhormonal Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Nursing Management Perimenopause and Postmenopause
- Culturally Competent Care
- Menopause
- Conditions of Vulva, Vagina, and Cervix
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 54-8 INFECTIONS OF THE LOWER GENITAL TRACT
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Conditions of Vulva, Vagina, and Cervix
- Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 54-4 Pelvic inflammatory disease. Acute infection of the fallopian tubes and the ovaries. The tubes and the ovaries have become an inflamed mass attached to the uterus. A tubo-ovarian abscess is also present.
- Complications
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
- TABLE 54-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
- Chronic Pelvic Pain
- Endometriosis
- FIG. 54-5 Common sites of endometriosis.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 54-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Endometriosis
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Endometriosis
- Benign Tumors of the Female Reproductive System
- Leiomyomas
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 54-6 Leiomyomas. Uterine section showing whorl-like appearance and locations of leiomyomas.
- Collaborative Care
- Cervical Polyps
- FIG. 54-7 Large ovarian cyst.
- Benign Ovarian Tumors
- Polycystic Ovary Syndrome
- FIG. 54-8 Polycystic ovary syndrome. Multiple fluid-filled cysts in the ovary.
- Drug Alert
- Cancers of the Female Reproductive System
- Cervical Cancer
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Ovarian Cancer
- Endometrial Cancer
- Cervical Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 54-9 Cervical cancer. View through a speculum inserted into the vagina.
- TABLE 54-11 STAGING AND TREATMENT OF CERVICAL CANCER
- Collaborative Care
- Endometrial Cancer
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Action and Decision
- Reference for Evidence
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- Ovarian Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- TABLE 54-12 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Ovarian Cancer
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Vaginal Cancer
- Vulvar Cancer
- TABLE 54-13 SURGICAL PROCEDURES INVOLVING THE FEMALE REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM
- Surgical Procedures: Female Reproductive System
- FIG. 54-10 A, Cross section of subtotal hysterectomy. Note that cervical stump, fallopian tubes, and ovaries remain. B, Cross section of total hysterectomy. Note that fallopian tubes and ovaries remain. C, Cross section of vaginal hysterectomy. Note that fallopian tubes and ovaries remain. D, Total hysterectomy, salpingectomy, and oophorectomy. Note that uterus, fallopian tubes, and ovaries are completely removed.
- Radiation Therapy: Cancers of Female Reproductive System
- External Radiation Therapy
- Brachytherapy
- Nursing Management Cancers of Female Reproductive System
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention Related to Surgery.
- Hysterectomy.
- Salpingectomy and Oophorectomy.
- Vulvectomy.
- FIG. 54-11 Total exenteration is removal of all pelvic organs with creation of an ileal conduit and a colostomy.
- Pelvic Exenteration.
- Acute Intervention with Radiation Therapy.
- Evaluation
- Problems with Pelvic Support
- Uterine Prolapse
- FIG. 54-12 Uterine prolapse. A, First-degree prolapse. B, Second-degree prolapse. C, Third-degree prolapse.
- FIG. 54-13 A, Cystocele. B, Bladder has prolapsed into the vagina, causing a uterine prolapse.
- Cystocele and Rectocele
- FIG. 54-14 A, Rectocele. B, Rectum has prolapsed into the vagina.
- Nursing Management Problems with Pelvic Support
- Fistula
- FIG. 54-15 Common fistulas involving the vagina.
- Nursing Management Fistulas
- Sexual Assault
- Clinical Manifestations
- Physical.
- TABLE 54-14 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Sexual Assault
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Psychologic.
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Sexual Assault
- TABLE 54-15 EVALUATION OF ALLEGED SEXUAL ASSAULT
- TABLE 54-16 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Sexual Assault Prevention
- Case Study Uterine Prolapse and Vaginal Hysterectomy
- Jupiterimages/Photos.com/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Laboratory Studies
- Postoperative Status
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 55 Nursing Management: Male Reproductive Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Problems of the Prostate Gland
- Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 55-1 Areas of the male reproductive system in which problems are likely to develop.
- FIG. 55-2 Benign prostatic hyperplasia. The enlarged prostate compresses the urethra.
- FIG. 55-3 Views of the prostate by cystoscopy. A, Normal appearance. B, Moderate benign prostatic hyperplasia with urethral obstruction.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 55-1 AUA SYMPTOM INDEX TO DETERMINE SEVERITY OF PROSTATIC PROBLEMS
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 55-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- 5α-Reductase Inhibitors.
- Drug Alert
- α-Adrenergic Receptor Blockers.
- Erectogenic Drugs.
- Herbal Therapy.
- Minimally Invasive Therapy.
- Transurethral Microwave Thermotherapy.
- TABLE 55-3 TREATMENT FOR BENIGN PROSTATIC HYPERPLASIA
- Transurethral Needle Ablation.
- Laser Prostatectomy.
- Intraprostatic Urethral Stents.
- Invasive Therapy (Surgery).
- Transurethral Resection of the Prostate.
- FIG. 55-4 Transurethral resection of the prostate.
- Transurethral Incision of the Prostate.
- Nursing Management Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 55-4 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Preoperative Care.
- Postoperative Care.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Prostate Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- Prostate Cancer
- Testicular Cancer
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 55-5 Metastasis of prostate cancer to the pelvis and lumbar spine indicated by arrows.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Active Surveillance.
- TABLE 55-5 STAGE GROUPING OF PROSTATE CANCER
- TABLE 55-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Prostate Cancer
- Surgical Therapy
- Radical Prostatectomy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- FIG. 55-6 Common approaches used to perform a prostatectomy. A, Retropubic approach involves a midline abdominal incision. B, Perineal approach involves an incision between the scrotum and the anus.
- Nerve-Sparing Procedure.
- Cryotherapy.
- Radiation Therapy.
- External Beam Radiation.
- Brachytherapy.
- Drug Therapy.
- Androgen Deprivation Therapy.
- FIG. 55-7 A, Prostate brachytherapy. Implantation of radioactive seeds with a needle guided by ultrasound and a template grid. B, Radioactive seeds.
- Androgen Synthesis Inhibitors.
- TABLE 55-7 DRUG THERAPY: Androgen Deprivation Therapy for Prostate Cancer
- Androgen Receptor Blockers.
- Chemotherapy.
- Radiotherapy.
- Orchiectomy.
- Culturally Competent Care
- Prostate Cancer
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient Receiving Bladder Irrigation
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Nursing Management Prostate Cancer
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 55-8 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Prostate Cancer
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Prostatitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Prostatitis
- Problems of the Penis
- Congenital Problems
- Problems of Prepuce
- FIG. 55-8 A, Phimosis: inability to retract the foreskin due to secondary lesions on the prepuce. B, Paraphimosis: ulcer with edema from foreskin remaining contracted over the prepuce.
- Problems of Erectile Mechanism
- Cancer of Penis
- Problems of Scrotum and Testes
- Inflammatory and Infectious Problems
- Skin Problems
- Epididymitis
- Orchitis
- FIG. 55-9 Scrotal masses.
- Congenital Problems
- Acquired Problems
- Hydrocele
- Spermatocele
- Varicocele
- FIG. 55-10 Hydrocele.
- Testicular Torsion
- Testicular Cancer
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Testicular Cancer
- Testicular Self-Examination
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 55-9 PATIENT TEACHING GUIDE: Testicular Self-Examination
- FIG. 55-11 Testicular self-examination.
- FIG. 55-12 Vasectomy procedure. The ductus deferens is ligated or resected for the purpose of sterilization.
- Sexual Function
- Vasectomy
- Erectile Dysfunction
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Sterilization
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Do Lifestyle Changes and Cardiovascular Medication Improve Erectile Dysfunction?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 55-10 RISK FACTORS FOR ERECTILE DYSFUNCTION
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 55-11 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Erectile Dysfunction
- Erectogenic Drugs.
- Drug Alert
- Vacuum Constriction Devices.
- Intraurethral Devices.
- Penile Implants.
- Sexual Counseling.
- Nursing Management Erectile Dysfunction
- Andropause
- FIG. 55-13 Changes in testosterone plasma level in men as they age.
- Infertility
- Case Study Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia With Acute Urinary Retention
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Introduction
- Patients
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Jupiterimages/Photos.com/Thinkstock
- Jupiterimages/Photos.com/Thinkstock
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 11 Problems Related to Movement and Coordination
- Problems Related to Movement and Coordination
- Pre-Test – Section 11
- Interactive Review – Section 11
- Chapter 56 Nursing Assessment: Nervous System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- eTable
- Structures and Functions of Nervous System
- Cells of Nervous System
- Neurons.
- FIG. 56-1 Structural features of neurons: dendrites, cell body, and axons.
- Glial Cells.
- Nerve Regeneration
- Nerve Impulse
- Synapse.
- Neurotransmitters.
- Central Nervous System
- Spinal Cord.
- TABLE 56-1 NEUROTRANSMITTERS*
- Ascending Tracts.
- FIG. 56-2 Basic diagram of the patellar “knee jerk” reflex arc, including the (1) sensory stretch receptor, (2) afferent sensory neuron, (3) interneuron, (4) efferent motor neuron, and (5) quadriceps muscle (effector organ).
- Descending Tracts.
- Lower and Upper Motor Neurons.
- FIG. 56-3 Left hemisphere of cerebrum, lateral surface, showing major lobes and areas of the brain.
- Reflex Arc.
- Brain.
- Cerebrum.
- TABLE 56-2 FUNCTION OF CEREBRUM
- FIG. 56-4 Major divisions of the central nervous system (CNS).
- Brainstem.
- Cerebellum.
- Ventricles and Cerebrospinal Fluid.
- Peripheral Nervous System
- Spinal Nerves.
- FIG. 56-5 Cross section of spinal cord showing attachments of spinal nerves and coverings of the spinal cord.
- Cranial Nerves.
- Autonomic Nervous System.
- TABLE 56-3 CRANIAL NERVES
- FIG. 56-6 Dermatomes of the body.
- FIG. 56-7 The cranial nerves are numbered according to the order in which they leave the brain.
- FIG. 56-8 Arteries of the head and neck. Brachiocephalic artery, right common carotid artery, right subclavian artery, and their branches. The major arteries to the head are the common carotid and vertebral arteries.
- Cerebral Circulation
- Blood-Brain Barrier.
- FIG. 56-9 Arteries at the base of the brain. The arteries that compose the circle of Willis are the two anterior cerebral arteries joined to each other by the anterior communicating cerebral artery and to the posterior cerebral arteries by the posterior communicating arteries.
- Protective Structures
- Meninges.
- Skull.
- Vertebral Column.
- FIG. 56-10 The vertebral column (three views).
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Nervous System
- Assessment of Nervous System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information
- Past Health History.
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 56-4 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Nervous System
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- TABLE 56-5 HEALTH HISTORY: Nervous System
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Mental Status.
- Cranial Nerves.
- Olfactory Nerve.
- Optic Nerve.
- FIG. 56-11 A, Nurse checking visual fields. B, Nurse checking extraocular movement (EOM).
- Oculomotor, Trochlear, and Abducens Nerves.
- Trigeminal Nerve.
- FIG. 56-12 A pupilometer can be used to measure the pupillary response using a light stimulus.
- Facial Nerve.
- Vestibulocochlear (Acoustic) Nerve.
- Glossopharyngeal and Vagus Nerves.
- Accessory Nerve.
- Hypoglossal Nerve.
- Motor System.
- Sensory System.
- Touch, Pain, and Temperature.
- Vibration Sense.
- Position Sense.
- Cortical Sensory Functions.
- Reflexes.
- FIG. 56-13 The examiner strikes a swift blow over a stretched tendon to elicit a stretch reflex. A, Biceps reflex. B, Patellar reflex.
- Diagnostic Studies of Nervous System
- TABLE 56-6 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF NERVOUS SYSTEM*
- Case Study—cont’d
- Cerebrospinal Fluid Analysis
- Lumbar Puncture.
- TABLE 56-7 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Nervous System
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect/Observe
- Palpate
- Percuss
- Radiologic Studies
- Computed Tomography.
- Magnetic Resonance Imaging.
- Cerebral Angiography.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Electrographic Studies
- Electroencephalography.
- Electromyography and Nerve Conduction Studies.
- TABLE 56-8 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Nervous System
- TABLE 56-9 NORMAL CEREBROSPINAL FLUID VALUES
- FIG. 56-14 Cerebral angiogram illustrating an arteriovenous malformation (arrow).
- FIG. 56-15 Normal images of the brain. A, Computed tomography scan. B, Magnetic resonance imaging.
- Evoked Potentials.
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 57 Nursing Management: Acute Intracranial Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Intracranial Pressure
- FIG. 57-1 Components of the brain.
- Regulation and Maintenance of Intracranial Pressure
- Normal Intracranial Pressure.
- Normal Compensatory Adaptations.
- TABLE 57-1 CALCULATION OF CEREBRAL PERFUSION PRESSURE
- Cerebral Blood Flow
- Autoregulation of Cerebral Blood Flow.
- FIG. 57-2 Intracranial pressure-volume curve. (See text for descriptions of 1, 2, 3, and 4.)
- Pressure Changes.
- Factors Affecting Cerebral Blood Flow.
- Increased Intracranial Pressure
- Mechanisms of Increased Intracranial Pressure
- FIG. 57-3 Progression of increased intracranial pressure (ICP).
- Cerebral Edema
- FIG. 57-4 Herniation. A, Normal relationship of intracranial structures. B, Shift of intracranial structures.
- TABLE 57-2 CAUSES OF CEREBRAL EDEMA
- Vasogenic Cerebral Edema.
- Cytotoxic Cerebral Edema.
- Interstitial Cerebral Edema.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Change in Level of Consciousness.
- Changes in Vital Signs.
- Ocular Signs.
- Decrease in Motor Function.
- Headache.
- Vomiting.
- FIG. 57-5 Decorticate and decerebrate posturing. A, Decorticate response. Flexion of arms, wrists, and fingers with adduction in upper extremities. Extension, internal rotation, and plantar flexion in lower extremities. B, Decerebrate response. All four extremities in rigid extension, with hyperpronation of forearms and plantar flexion of feet. C, Decorticate response on right side of body and decerebrate response on left side of body. D, Opisthotonic posturing.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 57-3 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Increased Intracranial Pressure
- Monitoring Intracranial Pressure and Cerebral Oxygenation
- Indications for Intracranial Pressure Monitoring.
- Methods of Measuring Intracranial Pressure.
- FIG. 57-6 Coronal section of brain showing potential sites for placement of intracranial pressure monitoring devices.
- FIG. 57-7 Intracranial pressure (ICP) monitoring can be used to continuously measure ICP. The ICP tracing shows normal, elevated, and plateau waves. At high ICP the P2 peak is higher than the P1 peak, and the peaks become less distinct and plateau.
- FIG. 57-8 Ventriculostomy in place. Cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) can be drained via a ventriculostomy when intracranial pressure (ICP) exceeds the upper pressure parameter set by the physician. Intermittent drainage involves opening the three-way stopcock to allow CSF to flow into the drainage bag for brief periods (30 to 120 seconds) until the pressure is below the upper pressure parameters.
- TABLE 57-4 NORMAL INTRACRANIAL PRESSURE WAVEFORMS*
- FIG. 57-9 A, Leveling a ventriculostomy. B, Cerebrospinal fluid is drained into a drainage system.
- Cerebrospinal Fluid Drainage.
- Cerebral Oxygenation Monitoring.
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 57-10 A, The LICOX brain tissue oxygen system involves a catheter inserted through an intracranial bolt. B, The system measures oxygen in the brain (PbtO2), brain tissue temperature, and intracranial pressure.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Increased Intracranial Pressure
- Nursing Assessment
- Glasgow Coma Scale.
- TABLE 57-5 GLASGOW COMA SCALE
- Neurologic Assessment.
- FIG. 57-11 Pupillary check for size and response.
- FIG. 57-12 Common abnormal respiratory patterns associated with coma.
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention
- Respiratory Function.
- Safety Alert
- Fluid and Electrolyte Balance.
- Monitoring Intracranial Pressure.
- Body Position.
- Protection From Injury.
- Psychologic Considerations.
- Evaluation
- Head Injury
- Types of Head Injuries
- Scalp Lacerations.
- Skull Fractures.
- TABLE 57-6 TYPES OF SKULL FRACTURES
- TABLE 57-7 MANIFESTATIONS OF SKULL FRACTURES
- FIG. 57-13 A, Raccoon eyes and rhinorrhea. B, Battle’s sign (postauricular ecchymosis) with otorrhea. C, Battle’s sign. D, Halo or ring sign (see text).
- Head Trauma.
- Diffuse Injury.
- Diffuse Axonal Injury.
- Focal Injury.
- FIG. 57-14 Coup-contrecoup injury. After the head strikes the wall, a coup injury occurs as the brain strikes the skull (primary impact). The contrecoup injury (the secondary impact) occurs when the brain strikes the skull surface opposite the site of the original impact.
- Complications
- Epidural Hematoma.
- FIG. 57-15 Locations of epidural, subdural, and subarachnoid hematomas.
- FIG. 57-16 Epidural hematoma covering a portion of the dura. Multiple small contusions are seen in the temporal lobe.
- Subdural Hematoma.
- TABLE 57-8 TYPES OF SUBDURAL HEMATOMAS
- Intracerebral Hematoma.
- Diagnostic Studies and Collaborative Care
- TABLE 57-9 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Head Injury
- Blunt
- Penetrating
- Surface Findings
- Respiratory
- Central Nervous System
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Nursing Management Head Injury
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 57-10 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Head Injury
- Planning
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Brain Death
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 57-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Head Injury
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Brain Tumors
- Types
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- TABLE 57-12 TYPES OF BRAIN TUMORS
- FIG. 57-17 A, A large glioblastoma (G) arises from one cerebral hemisphere and has grown to fill the ventricular system. B, Meningioma. These two different sections from different levels in the same brain show a meningioma (M) compressing the frontal lobe and distorting underlying brain.
- FIG. 57-18 Each area of the brain controls a particular activity.
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- TABLE 57-13 MANIFESTATIONS OF BRAIN TUMORS
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- Ventricular Shunts.
- Radiation Therapy and Stereotactic Radiosurgery.
- Chemotherapy and Targeted Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- Other Therapies.
- Nursing Management Brain Tumors
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- TABLE 57-14 INDICATIONS FOR CRANIAL SURGERY
- TABLE 57-15 TYPES OF CRANIAL SURGERY
- Cranial Surgery
- Types
- Craniotomy.
- Stereotactic Radiosurgery.
- Nursing Management Cranial Surgery
- Nursing Implementation
- Acute Intervention.
- FIG. 57-19 A, Patient in a stereotactic frame. B, Elekta’s Fraxion head frame helps ensure accuracy and precision in stereotactic radiation therapy (SRT) of cancer targets in the brain and cranium.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Withholding Treatment
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 57-16 COMPARISON OF CEREBRAL INFLAMMATORY CONDITIONS
- Inflammatory Conditions of the Brain
- Brain Abscess
- Bacterial Meningitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 57-17 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Bacterial Meningitis
- Nursing Management Bacterial Meningitis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Viral Meningitis
- Encephalitis
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Encephalitis
- Rabies
- Case Study Traumatic Brain Injury
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 58 Nursing Management: Stroke
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- TABLE 58-1 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Warning Signs of Stroke
- Pathophysiology of Stroke
- Anatomy of Cerebral Circulation
- Regulation of Cerebral Blood Flow
- FIG. 58-1 Cerebral arteries and the circle of Willis. The top of the temporal lobe has been removed to show the course of the middle cerebral artery.
- Risk Factors for Stroke
- Nonmodifiable Risk Factors
- Gender Differences
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- African Americans
- Other Ethnicities
- Modifiable Risk Factors
- Transient Ischemic Attack
- Types of Stroke
- Ischemic Stroke
- Thrombotic Stroke.
- TABLE 58-2 TYPES OF STROKE
- FIG. 58-2 Major types of stroke.
- Embolic Stroke.
- Hemorrhagic Stroke
- Intracerebral Hemorrhage.
- FIG. 58-3 Massive hypertensive hemorrhage rupturing into a lateral ventricle of the brain.
- Subarachnoid Hemorrhage.
- Safety Alert
- Clinical Manifestations of Stroke
- Motor Function
- TABLE 58-3 STROKE MANIFESTATIONS RELATED TO ARTERY INVOLVEMENT
- FIG. 58-4 Manifestations of right-brain and left-brain stroke.
- Communication
- Affect
- Intellectual Function
- TABLE 58-4 TYPES OF APHASIA
- Spatial-Perceptual Alterations
- Elimination
- Diagnostic Studies for Stroke
- TABLE 58-5 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Stroke
- Collaborative Care for Stroke
- Preventive Therapy
- TABLE 58-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Stroke
- Healthy People
- Preventive Drug Therapy.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Can Mirror Therapy Improve Functioning After Stroke?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Drug Alert
- Surgical Therapy for TIA and Stroke Prevention.
- FIG. 58-5 Carotid endarterectomy is performed to prevent impending cerebral infarction. A, A tube is inserted above and below the blockage to reroute the blood flow. B, Atherosclerotic plaque in the common carotid artery is removed. C, Once the artery is stitched closed, the tube can be removed. A surgeon may also perform the technique without rerouting the blood flow.
- FIG. 58-6 Brain stent used to treat blockages in cerebral blood flow. A, A balloon catheter is used to implant the stent into an artery of the brain. B, The balloon catheter is moved to the blocked area of the artery and then inflated. The stent expands due to inflation of the balloon. C, The balloon is deflated and withdrawn, leaving the stent permanently in place holding the artery open and improving the flow of blood.
- Acute Care for Ischemic Stroke
- TABLE 58-7 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Stroke
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Drug Therapy for Ischemic Stroke.
- Surgical Therapy for Ischemic Stroke.
- FIG. 58-7 The MERCI retriever removes blood clots in patients who are experiencing ischemic strokes. The retriever is a long, thin wire that is threaded through a catheter into the femoral artery. The wire is pushed through the end of the catheter up to the carotid artery. The wire reshapes itself into tiny loops that latch onto the clot, and the clot can then be pulled out. To prevent the clot from breaking off, a balloon at the end of the catheter inflates to stop blood flow through the artery. MERCI, Mechanical embolus removal in cerebral ischemia.
- Acute Care for Hemorrhagic Stroke
- Drug Therapy for Hemorrhagic Stroke.
- Surgical Therapy for Hemorrhagic Stroke.
- FIG. 58-8 Clipping of aneurysms.
- FIG. 58-9 Guglielmi detachable coil (GDC). A, A coil is used to occlude an aneurysm. Coils are made of soft, springlike platinum. The softness of the platinum allows the coil to assume the shape of irregularly shaped aneurysms while posing little threat of rupture of the aneurysm. B, A catheter is inserted through an introducer (small tube) in an artery in the leg. The catheter is threaded up to the cerebral blood vessels. C, Platinum coils attached to a thin wire are inserted into the catheter and then placed in the aneurysm until the aneurysm is filled with coils. Packing the aneurysm with coils prevents the blood from circulating through the aneurysm, reducing the risk of rupture.
- Drug Alert
- Rehabilitation Care
- Nursing Management Stroke
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 58-8 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Stroke
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 58-9 NATIONAL INSTITUTES OF HEALTH STROKE SCALE (NIHSS)
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention
- Respiratory System.
- Nursing Care Plan 58-1
- Patient With Stroke
- Nursing Diagnosis*
- Patient Goal
- Tissue Perfusion: Cerebral
- Measurement Scale
- Cerebral Perfusion Promotion
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Respiratory Status: Airway Patency
- Measurement Scale
- Aspiration Precautions
- Airway Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Mobility
- Exercise Therapy: Muscle Control
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Communication
- Communication Enhancement: Speech Deficit
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Heedfulness of Affected Side
- Unilateral Neglect Management
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Urinary Continence
- Measurement Scale
- Urinary Habit Training
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goal
- Swallowing Status
- Measurement Scale
- Swallowing Therapy
- Nursing Diagnosis
- Patient Goals
- Self-Esteem
- Self-Esteem Enhancement
- Neurologic System.
- Cardiovascular System.
- Musculoskeletal System.
- Integumentary System.
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With an Acute Stroke
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Gastrointestinal System.
- Urinary System.
- Nutrition.
- Safety Alert
- Communication.
- FIG. 58-10 Assistive devices for eating. A, The curved fork fits over the hand. The rounded plate helps keep food on the plate. Special grips and swivel handles are helpful for some persons. B, Knives with rounded blades are rocked back and forth to cut food. The person does not need a fork in one hand and a knife in the other. C, Plate guards help keep food on the plate. D, Cup with special handle.
- Sensory-Perceptual Alterations.
- FIG. 58-11 Spatial and perceptual deficits in stroke. Perception of a patient with homonymous hemianopsia shows that food on the left side is not seen and thus is ignored.
- TABLE 58-10 COMMUNICATION WITH A PATIENT WITH APHASIA
- Coping.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Rehabilitation.
- Musculoskeletal Function.
- Informatics in Practice Video Games for Stroke Recovery
- FIG. 58-12 Loss of postural stability is common after stroke. When the nondominant hemisphere is involved, walking apraxia and loss of postural control are usually apparent. The patient is unable to sit upright and tends to fall sideways. Provide appropriate support with pillows or cushions.
- Stroke Survivorship and Coping.
- Sexual Function.
- Community Integration.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Stroke
- Case Study Stroke
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Past Medical History
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 59 Nursing Management: Chronic Neurologic Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Headaches
- TABLE 59-1 COMPARISON OF TYPES OF HEADACHES
- Tension-Type Headache
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 59-1 Location of pain for common headache syndromes. A, Tension headache is often described as feeling of a weight in or on the head or a band squeezing the head. B, Migraine headache is described as an intense throbbing or pounding pain that involves one temple. The pain usually is unilateral (on one side of the head), although it can be bilateral. C, Cluster headache pain is focused in and around one eye and is often described as sharp, penetrating, or burning.
- TABLE 59-2 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Headaches
- Gender Differences
- Migraine Headache
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Cluster Headache
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Other Types of Headaches
- Collaborative Care for Headaches
- Drug Therapy
- Tension-Type Headache.
- Migraine Headache.
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 59-3 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Headaches
- Drug Alert
- Cluster Headache.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Can Botulinum Toxin A Prevent Headaches?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Other Headaches.
- TABLE 59-4 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Headaches
- Nursing Management Headaches
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 59-5 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Headaches
- Evaluation
- Chronic Neurologic Disorders
- Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- TABLE 59-6 CLASSIFICATION OF SEIZURE DISORDERS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Generalized Seizures.
- Tonic-Clonic Seizures.
- Typical Absence Seizures.
- Atypical Absence Seizures.
- FIG. 59-2 Algorithm for classification of seizures.
- Other Types of Generalized Seizures.
- Focal Seizures.
- Psychogenic Seizures.
- Complications
- Physical.
- Psychosocial.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 59-7 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 59-8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Tonic-Clonic Seizures
- Head Trauma
- Drug-Related Processes
- Infectious Processes
- Intracranial Events
- Metabolic Imbalances
- Medical Disorders
- Other
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 59-9 DRUG THERAPY: Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Drug Therapy for Seizure Disorders
- TABLE 59-10 SURGERY FOR SEIZURE DISORDERS
- Surgical Therapy.
- Other Therapies.
- Nursing Management Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 59-11 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With a Seizure Disorder
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Safety Alert
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- TABLE 59-12 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Seizure Disorders and Epilepsy
- Evaluation
- Restless Legs Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Restless Legs Syndrome
- Degenerative Neurologic Disorders
- Multiple Sclerosis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 59-3 Pathogenesis of multiple sclerosis. A, Normal nerve cell with myelin sheath. B, Normal axon. C, Myelin breakdown. D, Myelin totally disrupted; axon not functioning.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 59-4 Chronic multiple sclerosis. Demyelination plaque (P) at gray-white junction and adjacent partially remyelinated shadow plaque (V).
- TABLE 59-13 PATTERNS OF MULTIPLE SCLEROSIS
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 59-14 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Multiple Sclerosis
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 59-15 DRUG THERAPY: Multiple Sclerosis
- FIG. 59-5 Water therapy provides exercise and recreation for the patient with a chronic neurologic disease.
- Other Therapies.
- Nursing Management Multiple Sclerosis
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 59-16 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Multiple Sclerosis
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Informatics in Practice Phone Applications in Multiple Sclerosis
- Nursing Implementation
- Evaluation
- Parkinson’s Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 59-6 Nigrostriatal disorders produce parkinsonism. Left-sided view of the human brain showing the substantia nigra and the corpus striatum (shaded area) lying deep within the cerebral hemisphere. Nerve fibers extend upward from the substantia nigra, divide into many branches, and carry dopamine to all regions of the corpus striatum.
- FIG. 59-7 In Parkinson’s disease there is a deficit in dopamine. These deficits create an imbalance between dopamine and the excitatory neurotransmitter acetylcholine. A, In a healthy person, dopamine (DA) released from neurons originating in the substantia nigra inhibits the firing of neurons in the striatum that release γ-aminobutyric acid (GABA). Conversely, neurons located within the striatum, which release acetylcholine (ACh), excite the GABAergic neurons. Under normal conditions, the inhibitory actions of DA are balanced by the excitatory actions of ACh, and controlled movement results. B, In Parkinson’s disease, the neurons in the substantia nigra that supply DA to the striatum degenerate. When there is a deficit of DA, the excitatory effects of ACh go unopposed, resulting in disturbed movements (tremor, rigidity).
- Clinical Manifestations
- Tremor.
- FIG. 59-8 In Parkinson’s disease, positron emission tomography (PET) scan showing reduced fluorodopa uptake in the basal ganglia (right) compared with a normal control (left).
- Rigidity.
- Bradykinesia.
- FIG. 59-9 Characteristic appearance of a patient with Parkinson’s disease.
- Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 59-17 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Parkinson’s Disease
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 59-18 DRUG THERAPY: Parkinson’s Disease
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 59-10 A deep brain stimulator can be used to treat the tremors and uncontrolled movements in Parkinson’s disease. Electrodes are surgically placed in the brain and connected to a neurostimulator (pacemaker device) in the chest.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Parkinson’s Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 59-19 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Parkinson’s Disease
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Safety Alert
- Evaluation
- Myasthenia Gravis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 59-11 “Peek” sign in myasthenia gravis. During sustained forced eyelid closure he is unable to bury his eyelashes (left) and, after 30 sec, he is unable to keep the lids fully closed (right).
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 59-20 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Myasthenia Gravis
- Surgical Therapy.
- Other Therapies.
- Nursing Management Myasthenia Gravis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- TABLE 59-21 COMPARISON OF MYASTHENIC AND CHOLINERGIC CRISES
- Evaluation
- Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Huntington’s Disease
- Informatics in Practice Social Networking in Huntington’s Disease
- Case Study Epilepsy With Headache
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 60 Nursing Management: Alzheimer’s Disease, Dementia, and Delirium
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Dementia
- TABLE 60-1 COMPARISON OF DEMENTIA, DELIRIUM, AND DEPRESSION
- FIG. 60-1 Causes of dementia.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Risk Factors.
- TABLE 60-2 CAUSES OF DEMENTIA
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Dementia
- Alzheimer’s Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Gender Differences
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Early Onset (Familial) (<60 Yr Old at Onset)
- Late Onset (Sporadic) (>60 Yr Old at Onset)
- Incidence
- Early Onset
- Late Onset
- Genetic Testing
- Early Onset
- Late Onset
- Clinical Implications
- FIG. 60-2 Pathologic changes in Alzheimer’s disease A, Plaque with central amyloid core (white arrow) next to a neurofibrillary tangle (red arrow) on the histologic specimen from a brain autopsy. B, Schematic representation of amyloid plaque and neurofibrillary tangle.
- Genetic Link
- FIG. 60-3 Current etiologic theories for the development of Alzheimer’s disease. A, Abnormal amounts of β-amyloid are cleaved from the amyloid precursor protein (APP) and released into the circulation. The β-amyloid fragments come together in clumps to form plaques that attach to the neuron. Microglia react to the plaque, and an inflammatory response results. B, Tau proteins provide structural support for the neuron microtubules. Chemical changes in the neuron produce structural changes in tau proteins. This results in twisting and tangling (neurofibrillary tangles).
- Environmental Factors.
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 60-4 Effects of Alzheimer’s disease on the brain. This figure compares a normal brain (left) with a brain that has been affected by Alzheimer’s disease (right).
- Retrogenesis.
- TABLE 60-3 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Early Warning Signs of Alzheimer’s Disease
- Diagnostic Criteria for Alzheimer’s Disease
- TABLE 60-4 STAGES OF ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE
- TABLE 60-5 COMPARISON OF NORMAL FORGETFULNESS AND MEMORY LOSS
- TABLE 60-6 RETROGENESIS IN ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE
- TABLE 60-7 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR ALZHEIMER’S DISEASE*
- Preclinical Stage.
- Mild Cognitive Impairment.
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 60-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Alzheimer’s Disease
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- FIG. 60-5 Positron emission tomography (PET) scan can be used to assist in the diagnosis of Alzheimer’s disease (AD). Radioactive fluorine is applied to glucose (fluorodeoxyglucose), and the yellow areas indicate metabolically active cells. A, A normal brain. B, Advanced AD is recognized by hypometabolism in many areas of the brain.
- TABLE 60-9 THE MINI-COG
- FIG. 60-6 Clock drawing is a simple test that can be used as an assessment technique in dementia. The person undergoing testing is asked to draw a clock, put in all of the numbers, and set the hands at 10 past 11. A, Shows a clock drawn by a person with no dementia. B and C show clocks drawn by people with dementia.
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 60-10 DRUG THERAPY: Alzheimer’s Disease
- FIG. 60-7 Mechanism of action of cholinesterase inhibitors. A, Acetylcholine is released from the nerve synapses and carries a message across the synapse. B, Cholinesterase breaks down acetylcholine. C, Cholinesterase inhibitors block cholinesterase, thus giving acetylcholine more time to transmit the message.
- Nursing Management Alzheimer’s Disease
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 60-11 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Alzheimer’s Disease
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Behavioral Problems.
- Safety.
- Safety Alert
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With Alzheimer’s Disease
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Pain Management.
- Eating and Swallowing Difficulties.
- Oral Care.
- Infection Prevention.
- Skin Care.
- Elimination Problems.
- Caregiver Support.
- FIG. 60-8 Caregivers of patients with dementia face an incredible challenge that often causes deterioration in their own physical and emotional health.
- TABLE 60-12 FAMILY & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Alzheimer’s Disease
- Evaluation
- TABLE 60-13 GUIDELINES FOR DEALING WITH DEMENTIA PATIENTS
- FIG. 60-9 Support groups are an effective way to help caregivers cope.
- Other Neurodegenerative Diseases
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Does Cognitive Reframing Help Caregivers of Patients With Dementia?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Delirium
- TABLE 60-14 FACTORS THAT PRECIPITATE DELIRIUM
- Demographic Characteristics
- Cognitive Status
- Environmental
- Functional Status
- Sensory
- Decreased Oral Intake
- Drugs
- Coexisting Medical Conditions
- Surgery
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 60-15 MNEMONIC FOR CAUSES OF DELIRIUM
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 60-16 CONFUSION ASSESSMENT METHOD (CAM)
- Nursing And Collaborative Management Delirium
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Board of Nursing Disciplinary Action
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Drug Therapy
- Case Study Alzheimer’s Disease
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 61 Nursing Management: Peripheral Nerve and Spinal Cord Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- Cranial Nerve Disorders
- Trigeminal Neuralgia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 61-1 A, Trigeminal (fifth cranial) nerve and its three main divisions: ophthalmic, maxillary, and mandibular nerves. B, Cutaneous innervation of the head.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 61-1 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Trigeminal Neuralgia
- TABLE 61-2 SURGICAL THERAPY FOR TRIGEMINAL NEURALGIA
- Conservative Therapy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- FIG. 61-2 A, Patient with trigeminal neuralgia having needle placed. B, Physician injecting glycerol.
- Nursing Management Trigeminal Neuralgia
- Bell’s Palsy
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 61-3 Facial characteristics of Bell’s palsy. A, At rest the face may look almost normal, but the patient is not able to wrinkle her forehead on the affected side and the right corner of the mouth droops. B, When she is asked to close her eyes and show her teeth, the differences between the affected and unaffected sides become more obvious.
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Bell’s Palsy
- Polyneuropathies
- Guillain-Barré Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Guillain-Barré Syndrome
- Botulism
- Tetanus
- Neurosyphilis
- Spinal Cord Problems
- Spinal Cord Injury
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Types of Injury.
- Primary Injury.
- Secondary Injury.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Right to Refuse Treatment
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- FIG. 61-4 Cascade of metabolic and cellular events that leads to spinal cord ischemia and hypoxia of secondary injury. RBCs, Red blood cells; SCBF, spinal cord blood flow.
- Spinal and Neurogenic Shock.
- Classification of Spinal Cord Injury.
- Mechanisms of Injury.
- Level of Injury.
- Degree of Injury.
- Clinical Manifestations
- American Spinal Injury Association (ASIA) Impairment Scale.
- Respiratory System.
- FIG. 61-5 Mechanisms of spinal cord injury. Many situations may produce these injuries. This only shows some examples. A, Flexion injury of the cervical spine ruptures the posterior ligaments. B, Hyperextension injury of the cervical spine ruptures the anterior ligaments. C, Compression fractures crush the vertebrae and force bony fragments into the spinal canal. D, Flexion-rotation injury of the cervical spine often results in tearing of ligamentous structures that normally stabilize the spine.
- Cardiovascular System.
- FIG. 61-6 Symptoms, degree of paralysis, and potential for rehabilitation depend on the level of the injury.
- FIG. 61-7 The American Spinal Injury Association Impairment Scale. See eFig. 61-2 on the website for this chapter for standard neurologic classification of spinal cord injury.
- Urinary System.
- Gastrointestinal System.
- TABLE 61-3 INCOMPLETE SPINAL CORD INJURY SYNDROMES
- Integumentary System.
- TABLE 61-4 LEVEL OF SPINAL CORD INJURY AND REHABILITATION POTENTIAL
- Thermoregulation.
- Metabolic Needs.
- Peripheral Vascular Problems.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 61-5 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Spinal Cord Injury
- Blunt Trauma
- Penetrating Trauma
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 61-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Cervical Cord Injury
- Acute Care
- Rehabilitation and Home Care
- Nonoperative Stabilization.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nursing Management Spinal Cord Injury
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 61-7 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Spinal Cord Injury
- Immobilization.
- Safety Alert
- FIG. 61-8 Cervical traction is attached to tongs inserted in the skull.
- FIG. 61-9 The RotoRest Therapy System helps prevent and treat pulmonary complications for immobile patients, including those with unstable cervical, thoracic, and lumbar fractures. Kinetic therapy, the continual side-to-side bilateral rotation of the patient, redistributes pulmonary blood flow and mobilizes secretions to improve ventilation and perfusion matching. The therapy system also helps to prevent pressure ulcers.
- Respiratory Dysfunction.
- FIG. 61-10 Sternal-occipital-mandibular immobilizer brace.
- FIG. 61-11 Halo vest. The halo traction brace immobilizes the cervical spine, which allows the patient to ambulate and participate in self-care.
- Cardiovascular Instability.
- Fluid and Nutritional Maintenance.
- Bladder and Bowel Management.
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- References for Evidence
- Temperature Control.
- Stress Ulcers.
- Sensory Deprivation.
- Reflexes.
- Autonomic Dysreflexia.
- Rehabilitation and Home Care.
- Respiratory Rehabilitation.
- TABLE 61-8 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Autonomic Dysreflexia
- Neurogenic Bladder.
- FIG. 61-12 Patient participating in occupational therapy.
- TABLE 61-9 TYPES OF NEUROGENIC BLADDER
- TABLE 61-10 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Neurogenic Bladder
- TABLE 61-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Bowel Management After Spinal Cord Injury
- Neurogenic Bowel.
- Neurogenic Skin.
- TABLE 61-12 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Skin Care After Spinal Cord Injury
- Sexuality.
- TABLE 61-13 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Halo Vest Care
- Grief and Depression.
- TABLE 61-14 GRIEF RESPONSE IN SPINAL CORD INJURY
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Spinal Cord Injury
- Spinal Cord Tumors
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 61-13 Types of spinal cord tumors.
- TABLE 61-15 CLASSIFICATION OF SPINAL CORD TUMORS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Spinal Cord Tumors
- Case Study Spinal Cord Injury
- Patient Profile
- Acute Phase
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions (Acute Phase)
- Patient Profile
- Rehabilitation Phase
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Discussion Questions (Rehabilitation Phase)
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 62 Nursing Assessment: Musculoskeletal System
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Structures and Functions of Musculoskeletal System
- Bone
- Function.
- Microscopic Structure.
- Gross Structure.
- FIG. 62-1 Bone structure. A, Cortical (compact) bone showing numerous structural units called osteons. B, Anatomy of a long bone (tibia) showing cancellous and compact bone.
- Types.
- Joints
- FIG. 62-2 Classification of joints. A to C, Synarthrotic (immovable) and amphiarthrotic (slightly movable) joints. D and E, Diarthrodial (freely movable) joints.
- Cartilage
- Muscle
- Types.
- FIG. 62-3 Structure of diarthrodial (synovial) joint.
- FIG. 62-4 Types of diarthrodial (synovial) joints.
- Structure.
- Contractions.
- FIG. 62-5 Structure of a muscle.
- Neuromuscular Junction.
- Energy Source.
- FIG. 62-6 Neuromuscular junction.
- Ligaments and Tendons
- Fascia
- Bursae
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Effects of Aging on Musculoskeletal System
- TABLE 62-1 GERONTOLOGIC ASSESSMENT DIFFERENCES: Musculoskeletal System
- Assessment of Musculoskeletal System
- Subjective Data
- Important Health Information.
- Past Health History.
- Case Study Patient Introduction
- Critical Thinking
- Medications.
- Surgery or Other Treatments.
- Functional Health Patterns.
- Health Perception–Health Management Pattern.
- TABLE 62-2 HEALTH HISTORY: Musculoskeletal System
- Genetic Risk Alert
- Autoimmune Diseases
- Osteoporosis
- Osteoarthritis, Gout, and Scoliosis
- Muscular Dystrophy
- Nutritional-Metabolic Pattern.
- Elimination Pattern.
- Activity-Exercise Pattern.
- Sleep-Rest Pattern.
- Cognitive-Perceptual Pattern.
- Self-Perception–Self-Concept Pattern.
- Role-Relationship Pattern.
- Sexuality-Reproductive Pattern.
- Coping–Stress Tolerance Pattern.
- Case Study—cont’d
- Value-Belief Pattern.
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination.
- Inspection.
- Palpation.
- FIG. 62-7 A, Goniometer. B, Measurement of joint range of motion using a goniometer.
- Motion.
- TABLE 62-3 SYNOVIAL JOINT MOVEMENTS
- Muscle-Strength Testing.
- Measurement.
- TABLE 62-4 MUSCLE STRENGTH SCALE
- Other.
- FIG. 62-8 Scoliosis in a standing erect posture.
- TABLE 62-5 NORMAL PHYSICAL ASSESSMENT OF THE MUSCULOSKELETAL SYSTEM
- Focused Assessment
- Subjective
- Objective: Diagnostic
- Objective: Physical Examination
- Inspect and Palpate
- Diagnostic Studies of Musculoskeletal System
- Case Study—cont’d
- FIG. 62-9 Knee arthroscopy in progress. Notice the monitor in the background.
- TABLE 62-6 ASSESSMENT ABNORMALITIES: Musculoskeletal System
- TABLE 62-7 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Musculoskeletal System
- Case Study—cont’d
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Animations
- Answer Keys
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Videos
- Chapter 63 Nursing Management: Musculoskeletal Trauma and Orthopedic Surgery
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Safety Alert
- TABLE 63-1 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Prevention of Musculoskeletal Problems in Older Adults
- Soft Tissue Injuries
- Sprains and Strains
- TABLE 63-2 SPORTS-RELATED INJURIES
- Nursing Management Sprains and Strains
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Healthy People
- TABLE 63-3 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Acute Soft Tissue Injury
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Dislocation and Subluxation
- FIG. 63-1 Soft tissue injury of the hip. A, Normal. B, Subluxation (partial dislocation). C, Dislocation.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Dislocation
- Repetitive Strain Injury
- Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
- FIG. 63-2 Wrist structures involved in carpal tunnel syndrome. Median nerve distribution. Shaded areas depict the locations of pain in carpal tunnel syndrome.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Carpal Tunnel Syndrome
- Rotator Cuff Injury
- FIG. 63-3 A torn rotator cuff is repaired using arthroscopic surgery.
- Meniscus Injury
- FIG. 63-4 Arthroscopic views of the meniscus. A, Normal meniscus. B, Torn meniscus. C, Surgically repaired meniscus.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Meniscus Injury
- Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Anterior Cruciate Ligament Injury
- FIG. 63-5 Anterior cruciate ligament (ACL) injury. A, Partial tear. B, Complete tear. C, Avulsion.
- Bursitis
- Fractures
- Classification
- FIG. 63-6 Fracture classification according to communication with the external environment.
- FIG. 63-7 Types of fractures. A, Transverse fracture: the line of the fracture extends across the bone shaft at a right angle to the longitudinal axis. B, Spiral fracture: the line of the fracture extends in a spiral direction along the bone shaft. C, Greenstick fracture: an incomplete fracture with one side splintered and the other side bent. D, Comminuted fracture: a fracture with more than two fragments. The smaller fragments appear to be floating. E, Oblique fracture: the line of the fracture extends in an oblique direction. F, Pathologic fracture: a spontaneous fracture at the site of a bone disease. G, Stress fracture: occurs in normal or abnormal bone that is subject to repeated stress, such as from jogging or running.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 63-4 MANIFESTATIONS OF FRACTURE
- Fracture Healing
- FIG. 63-8 Bone healing (schematic representation). A, Bleeding at fractured ends of the bone with subsequent hematoma formation. B, Organization of hematoma into fibrous network. C, Invasion of osteoblasts, lengthening of collagen strands, and deposition of calcium. D, Callus formation: new bone is built up as osteoclasts destroy dead bone. E, Remodeling is accomplished as excess callus is resorbed and trabecular bone is laid down.
- TABLE 63-5 COMPLICATIONS OF FRACTURE HEALING
- TABLE 63-6 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Fractures
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Fracture Immobilization
- Open Fractures
- Collaborative Care
- Fracture Reduction
- Closed Reduction.
- Open Reduction.
- Traction.
- FIG. 63-9 Buck’s traction is most commonly used for fractures of the hip and femur.
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient With a Cast or Traction
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- FIG. 63-10 Balanced suspension skeletal traction. Most commonly used for fractures of the femur, hip, and lower leg.
- Fracture Immobilization.
- Casts.
- FIG. 63-11 Common types of casts.
- Upper Extremity Injuries.
- Vertebral Injuries.
- Lower Extremity Injuries.
- FIG. 63-12 Knee immobilizer.
- External Fixation.
- Internal Fixation.
- Electrical Bone Growth Stimulation.
- FIG. 63-13 External fixators. A, Stabilization of hand injury. B, Stabilization of a tibial fracture.
- FIG. 63-14 Views of internal fixation devices to stabilize a fractured tibia and fibula.
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Fractures
- Nursing Assessment
- Neurovascular Assessment.
- TABLE 63-7 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Fractured Extremity
- Blunt Trauma
- Penetrating Trauma
- Other
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 63-8 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Fracture
- Preoperative Management.
- Postoperative Management.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Do Vitamin D Supplements Improve Strength in Older Adults?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Other Measures.
- Traction.
- Informatics in Practice Staying Connected While Immobilized
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- Cast Care.
- Psychosocial Problems.
- TABLE 63-9 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Cast Care
- TABLE 63-10 PROBLEMS ASSOCIATED WITH MUSCULOSKELETAL INJURIES
- Ambulation.
- Assistive Devices.
- Counseling and Referrals.
- Evaluation
- Complications of Fractures
- Infection
- Compartment Syndrome
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Collaborative Care.
- FIG. 63-15 Fasciotomy associated with compartment syndrome. Stabilization of fracture with external fixator.
- Venous Thromboembolism
- Fat Embolism Syndrome
- Clinical Manifestations.
- Collaborative Care.
- Types of Fractures
- Colles’ Fracture
- FIG. 63-16 Colles’ fracture. Fracture of the distal radius (R) and ulnar (U) styloid from patient falling on the outstretched hand.
- Fracture of Humerus
- Fracture of Pelvis
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Entitlement to Treatment
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- FIG. 63-17 Femur with location of various types of fracture.
- Fracture of Hip
- Clinical Manifestations
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 63-18 Types of surgical repair for a hip fracture.
- FIG. 63-19 Total hip replacement (arthroplasty) with a cementless femoral prosthesis of metal alloy with a plastic acetabular socket.
- Nursing Management Hip Fracture
- Nursing Implementation
- Preoperative Management.
- Postoperative Management.
- TABLE 63-11 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Hip Replacement*
- FIG. 63-20 Maintaining postoperative abduction following total hip replacement.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Hip Fracture
- Femoral Shaft Fracture
- Fracture of Tibia
- Stable Vertebral Fracture
- Facial Fracture
- Mandibular Fracture
- TABLE 63-12 MANIFESTATIONS OF FACIAL FRACTURES
- Nursing Management Mandibular Fracture
- FIG. 63-21 Intermaxillary fixation.
- Amputation
- Clinical Indications
- TABLE 63-13 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Amputation
- Diagnostic
- Collaborative Therapy
- Surgical
- Rehabilitation
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 63-22 Location and description of amputation sites of the upper and lower extremities. AKA, Above-the-knee amputation.
- Nursing Management Amputation
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Preoperative Management.
- Postoperative Management.
- FIG. 63-23 A double amputee fitted with prostheses.
- FIG. 63-24 Mirror therapy, a type of treatment that may reduce phantom limb sensation and pain.
- FIG. 63-25 Bandaging for the above-the-knee amputation residual limb. Figure-eight style covers progressive areas of the residual limb. Two elastic wraps are required.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Special Considerations in Upper Limb Amputation.
- TABLE 63-14 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Following an Amputation
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Amputation
- Common Joint Surgical Procedures
- Types of Joint Surgeries
- Synovectomy
- Osteotomy
- Debridement
- Arthroplasty
- Hip Arthroplasty.
- Hip Resurfacing.
- Knee Arthroplasty.
- Finger Joint Arthroplasty.
- Elbow and Shoulder Arthroplasty.
- Ankle Arthroplasty.
- Arthrodesis
- Complications of Joint Surgery
- Collaborative Care
- Preoperative Management.
- Postoperative Management.
- Nursing Management Joint Surgery
- Case Study Hip Fracture Surgery
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Collaborative Care
- Preoperative
- Operative Procedure
- Postoperative
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 64 Nursing Management: Musculoskeletal Problems
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- Osteomyelitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 64-1 ORGANISMS CAUSING OSTEOMYELITIS
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 64-1 Development of osteomyelitis infection with involucrum and sequestrum.
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 64-2 Resection of femur due to osteomyelitis.
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Alert
- Nursing Management Osteomyelitis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 64-2 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Osteomyelitis
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Bone Tumors
- Benign Bone Tumors
- Osteochondroma
- Malignant Bone Tumors
- Osteosarcoma
- TABLE 64-3 TYPES OF PRIMARY BONE TUMORS
- FIG. 64-3 A, Osteosarcoma. B, Chondrosarcoma.
- Metastatic Bone Cancer
- Nursing Management Bone Cancer
- Muscular Dystrophy
- Genetic Link
- TABLE 64-4 TYPES OF MUSCULAR DYSTROPHY
- Low Back Pain
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Acute Low Back Pain
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Low Back Pain
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 64-5 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Low Back Pain
- Healthy People
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 64-6 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Low Back Problems
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Chronic Low Back Pain
- Spinal Stenosis
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Chronic Low Back Pain
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Can Yoga Improve Chronic Low Back Pain?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Intervertebral Disc Disease
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- FIG. 64-4 Common causes of degenerative disc damage.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Surgical Therapy.
- TABLE 64-7 MANIFESTATIONS OF LUMBAR DISC HERNIATION*
- TABLE 64-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Intervertebral Disc Disease
- FIG. 64-5 The Charité artificial disc, used in degenerative disc disease to replace a damaged intervertebral disc. The Charité artificial disc consists of two cobalt-chromium alloy endplates sandwiched around a movable high-density plastic core. The disc’s design helps align the spine and preserve its natural ability to move.
- Nursing Management Vertebral Disc Surgery
- Neck Pain
- TABLE 64-9 CAUSES OF NECK PAIN
- TABLE 64-10 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Neck Exercises
- Foot Disorders
- Nursing Management Foot Disorders
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- FIG. 64-6 A, Severe hallux valgus with bursa formation. B, Postoperative correction.
- FIG. 64-7 Postoperative supportive dressing for a moderate forefoot deformity. Dressing must be conforming and binding enough to hold toe in exact position.
- TABLE 64-11 COMMON FOOT DISORDERS
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Foot Problems
- Metabolic Bone Diseases
- Osteomalacia
- Osteoporosis
- FIG. 64-8 A, Normal bone. B, Osteoporotic bone.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- TABLE 64-12 RISK FACTORS FOR OSTEOPOROSIS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Gender Differences
- FIG. 64-9 The effects of osteoporosis. A, Comparison of young woman with an older woman. B, Severe fixed kyphosis producing a question-mark appearance.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Osteoporosis
- TABLE 64-13 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Osteoporosis
- TABLE 64-14 NUTRITIONAL THERAPY: Sources of Calcium
- TABLE 64-15 ELEMENTAL CALCIUM CONTENT OF CALCIUM PREPARATIONS
- Drug Therapy
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Action and Decision
- Reference for Evidence
- Drug Alert
- Paget’s Disease
- Safety Alert
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Metabolic Bone Diseases
- Case Study Osteoporosis
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 65 Nursing Management: Arthritis and Connective Tissue Diseases
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigure
- Arthritis
- Osteoarthritis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 65-1 CAUSES OF OSTEOARTHRITIS
- Clinical Manifestations
- Systemic.
- Joints.
- Gender Differences
- FIG. 65-1 Pathologic changes in osteoarthritis. A, Normal synovial joint. B, Early change in osteoarthritis is destruction of articular cartilage and narrowing of the joint space. There is inflammation and thickening of the joint capsule and synovium. C, With time, thickening of subarticular bone occurs, caused by constant friction of the two bone surfaces. Osteophytes form around the periphery of the joint by irregular overgrowths of bone. D, In osteoarthritis of the hands, osteophytes on the distal interphalangeal joints of the fingers, termed Heberden’s nodes, appear as small nodules.
- Deformity.
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 65-2 Joints most frequently involved in osteoarthritis.
- Collaborative Care
- Rest and Joint Protection.
- Heat and Cold Applications.
- TABLE 65-2 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Osteoarthritis
- Nutritional Therapy and Exercise.
- Complementary and Alternative Therapies.
- Drug Therapy.
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence*
- Nursing Implications
- Complementary & Alternative Therapies
- Scientific Evidence*
- Nursing Implications
- TABLE 65-3 DRUG THERAPY: Arthritis and Connective Tissue Disorders*
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Osteoarthritis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- TABLE 65-4 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Joint Protection and Energy Conservation
- Healthy People
- Acute Intervention.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Rheumatoid Arthritis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Cultural & Ethnic Health Disparities
- TABLE 65-5 ANATOMIC STAGES OF RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS
- FIG. 65-3 Rheumatoid arthritis. A, Early pathologic change in rheumatoid arthritis is rheumatoid synovitis. The synovium is inflamed. Lymphocytes and plasma cells increase greatly. B, With time, articular cartilage destruction occurs, vascular granulation tissue grows across the surface of the cartilage (pannus) from the edges of the joint, and the articular surface shows loss of cartilage beneath the extending pannus, most marked at joint margins. C, Inflammatory pannus causes focal destruction of bone. At edges of the joint there is osteolytic destruction of bone, responsible for erosions seen on x-rays. This phase is associated with joint deformity. D, Multiple deformities of the foot associated with rheumatoid arthritis.
- Genetic Link
- Clinical Manifestations
- Joints.
- TABLE 65-6 COMPARISON OF RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS AND OSTEOARTHRITIS
- Extraarticular Manifestations.
- Diagnostic Studies
- FIG. 65-4 Typical deformities of rheumatoid arthritis. A, Ulnar drift. B, Boutonnière deformity. C, Hallux valgus. D, Swan neck deformity.
- FIG. 65-5 Extraarticular manifestations of rheumatoid arthritis.
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 65-7 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS*
- TABLE 65-8 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Rheumatoid Arthritis
- Drug Therapy
- Disease-Modifying Antirheumatic Drugs.
- Biologic and Targeted Therapies.
- Drug Alert
- Drug Alert
- Other Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Surgical Therapy.
- Nursing Management Rheumatoid Arthritis
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 65-9 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Rheumatoid Arthritis
- Ambulatory and Home Care
- Rest.
- Joint Protection.
- TABLE 65-10 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Protection of Small Joints
- Heat and Cold Therapy and Exercise.
- Psychologic Support.
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Arthritis
- Gout
- TABLE 65-11 CAUSES OF HYPERURICEMIA
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Gender Differences
- FIG. 65-6 Tophi associated with chronic gout. Nodules are painless and filled with uric acid crystals.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- TABLE 65-12 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Gout
- Drug Therapy.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Nursing Management Gout
- Lyme Disease
- FIG. 65-7 Erythema migrans. Characteristic skin lesion of Lyme disease that occurs at the site of tick bite.
- TABLE 65-13 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Prevention and Early Treatment of Lyme Disease
- Septic Arthritis
- Spondyloarthropathies
- Ankylosing Spondylitis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 65-8 Advanced ankylosing spondylitis. Kyphotic posture causes many patients to have a protuberant abdomen secondary to pulmonary restriction.
- Genetics in Clinical Practice
- Genetic Basis
- Incidence
- Genetic Testing
- Clinical Implications
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Ankylosing Spondylitis
- Psoriatic Arthritis
- Reactive Arthritis
- Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Dermatologic Problems.
- Musculoskeletal Problems.
- Cardiopulmonary Problems.
- Renal Problems.
- FIG. 65-9 Multisystem involvement in systemic lupus erythematosus.
- FIG. 65-10 Butterfly rash of systemic lupus erythematosus.
- Nervous System Problems.
- Hematologic Problems.
- Infection.
- TABLE 65-14 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR SYSTEMIC LUPUS ERYTHEMATOSUS*
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- Nursing Management Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- Nursing Assessment
- TABLE 65-15 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Acute Intervention.
- TABLE 65-16 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Lupus and Pregnancy.
- TABLE 65-17 PATIENT & CAREGIVER TEACHING GUIDE: Systemic Lupus Erythematosus
- Psychosocial Issues.
- Evaluation
- Scleroderma
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 65-11 Skin changes in scleroderma.
- Clinical Manifestations
- Raynaud’s Phenomenon.
- FIG. 65-12 Hand of a patient with scleroderma showing sclerodactyly.
- Skin and Joint Changes.
- Internal Organ Involvement.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Drug Therapy.
- TABLE 65-18 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Scleroderma
- Nursing Management Scleroderma
- Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- Muscular.
- Dermal.
- Other Manifestations.
- FIG. 65-13 Dermatomyositis skin changes. Gottron’s papules.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis
- Mixed (Overlapping) Connective Tissue Disease
- Sjögren’s Syndrome
- Myofascial Pain Syndrome
- Fibromyalgia
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- TABLE 65-19 COMMONALITIES BETWEEN FIBROMYALGIA AND CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME
- Clinical Manifestations and Complications
- FIG. 65-14 Tender points in fibromyalgia.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Nursing Management Fibromyalgia
- Chronic Fatigue Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Clinical Manifestations
- Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 65-20 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR CHRONIC FATIGUE SYNDROME*
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Chronic Fatigue Syndrome
- Case Study Rheumatoid Arthritis
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Patients
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Purestock/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- iStockphoto/Thinkstock
- Jupiterimages/Comstock/Thinkstock
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Section 12 Nursing Care in Critical Care Settings
- Nursing Care in Critical Care Settings
- Pre-Test – Section 12
- Interactive Review – Section 12
- Chapter 66 Nursing Management: Critical Care
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- eTable
- eSupplement
- Critical Care Nursing
- FIG. 66-1 Tele-intensive care unit control room.
- Critical Care Units
- FIG. 66-2 Typical intensive care unit.
- Critical Care Nurse
- Critical Care Patient
- Common Problems of Critical Care Patients.
- Nutrition.
- Anxiety.
- Pain.
- Informatics in Practice Smart Infusion Pumps
- Impaired Communication.
- Sensory-Perceptual Problems.
- Sleep Problems.
- Issues Related to Caregivers
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Family Presence and Visitation in the Adult ICU
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Culturally Competent Care
- Critical Care Patients
- Hemodynamic Monitoring
- Hemodynamic Terminology
- Cardiac Output and Cardiac Index.
- TABLE 66-1 RESTING HEMODYNAMIC PARAMETERS
- Preload.
- Afterload.
- Vascular Resistance.
- Contractility.
- FIG. 66-3 Components of a pressure monitoring system. The cannula, shown entering the radial artery, is connected via pressure (nondistensible) tubing to the transducer. The transducer converts the pressure wave into an electronic signal. The transducer is wired to the electronic monitoring system, which amplifies, conditions, displays, and records the signal. Stopcocks are inserted into the line for specimen withdrawal and for referencing and zero-balancing procedures. A flush system, consisting of a pressurized bag of IV fluid, tubing, and a flush device, is connected to the system. The flush system provides continuous slow (approximately 3 mL/hr) flushing and provides a mechanism for fast flushing of lines.
- Principles of Invasive Pressure Monitoring
- FIG. 66-4 Identification of the phlebostatic axis. A, Phlebostatic axis is an external landmark used to identify the level of the atria in the supine patient. It is defined as the intersection of two imaginary lines: one drawn horizontally from the axilla, midway between the anterior and posterior chest walls, and the other drawn vertically through the fourth intercostal space along the lateral chest wall. B, Air-fluid interface (zeroing the stopcock) is level with the phlebostatic axis using a carpenter’s or laser level.
- FIG. 66-5 Optimally damped system. Dynamic response test (square wave test) using the fast flush system: normal response. No adjustment in the monitoring system is required.
- TABLE 66-2 INVASIVE ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE MEASUREMENT
- Safety Alert
- Types of Invasive Pressure Monitoring
- Arterial Blood Pressure.
- Measurements.
- Complications.
- FIG. 66-6 A, Simultaneously recorded electrocardiogram (ECG) tracing and B, systemic arterial pressure tracing. Systolic pressure is the peak pressure. The dicrotic notch indicates aortic valve closure. Diastolic pressure is the lowest value before contraction. Mean pressure is the average pressure over time calculated by the monitoring equipment.
- Arterial Pressure–Based Cardiac Output.
- FIG. 66-7 FloTrac sensor and Vigileo monitor.
- Measurements.
- Pulmonary Artery Flow-Directed Catheter.
- TABLE 66-3 INDICATIONS AND CONTRAINDICATIONS FOR PULMONARY ARTERY CATHETERIZATION*
- FIG. 66-8 Pulmonary artery (PA) catheter. A, Illustrated catheter has five lumens. When properly positioned, the distal lumen exit port is in the PA and the proximal lumen ports are in the right atrium and right ventricle. The distal and one of the proximal ports are used to measure PA and central venous pressures, respectively. A balloon surrounds the catheter near the distal end. The balloon inflation valve is used to inflate the balloon with air to allow reading of the pulmonary artery wedge pressure. A thermistor located near the distal tip senses PA temperature and is used to measure thermodilution cardiac output when solution cooler than body temperature is injected into a proximal port. B, Photo of an actual catheter.
- Pulmonary Artery Catheter Insertion.
- Central Venous or Right Atrial Pressure Measurement.
- FIG. 66-9 Position of the pulmonary artery flow-directed catheter during progressive stages of insertion with corresponding pressure waveforms.
- Venous Oxygen Saturation Monitoring.
- FIG. 66-10 Cardiac events that produce the central venous pressure (CVP) waveform with a, c, and v waves. The a wave represents atrial contraction. The x descent represents atrial relaxation. The c wave represents the bulging of the closed tricuspid valve into the right atrium during ventricular systole. The v wave represents atrial filling. The y descent represents opening of the tricuspid valve and filling of the ventricle.
- Noninvasive Arterial Oxygenation Monitoring
- TABLE 66-4 INTERPRETATION OF ScvO2/SvO2 * MEASUREMENTS
- Noninvasive Hemodynamic Monitoring: Impedance Cardiography
- Nursing Management Hemodynamic Monitoring
- Circulatory Assist Devices
- Intraaortic Balloon Pump
- TABLE 66-5 INDICATIONS AND CONTRAINDICATIONS FOR IABP THERAPY*
- FIG. 66-11 Intraaortic balloon pump machine.
- Effects of Counterpulsation.
- Complications With IABP Therapy.
- FIG. 66-12 Intraaortic balloon pump. A, During systole the balloon is deflated, which facilitates ejection of blood into the periphery. B, In early diastole, the balloon begins to inflate. C, In late diastole, the balloon is totally inflated, which augments aortic pressure and increases the coronary perfusion pressure with the end result of increased coronary and cerebral blood flow.
- TABLE 66-6 HEMODYNAMIC EFFECTS OF COUNTERPULSATION
- TABLE 66-7 MANAGING COMPLICATIONS OF IABP THERAPY
- Ventricular Assist Devices
- FIG. 66-13 Schematic diagram of a biventricular assist device (BVAD).
- Implantable Artificial Heart
- Nursing Management Circulatory Assist Devices
- Artificial Airways
- Endotracheal Tubes
- FIG. 66-14 Endotracheal tube. A, Parts of an endotracheal tube. B, Tube in place with cuff deflated. C, Tube in place with the cuff inflated. D, Photo of tube before placement.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- Does Timing of Tracheotomy Affect Critically Ill Patient Outcomes?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Endotracheal Intubation Procedure
- FIG. 66-15 Closed tracheal suction system.
- Nursing Management Artificial Airway
- Maintaining Correct Tube Placement
- Safety Alert
- Maintaining Proper Cuff Inflation
- Monitoring Oxygenation and Ventilation
- TABLE 66-8 SUCTIONING PROCEDURES FOR PATIENT ON MECHANICAL VENTILATOR
- Maintaining Tube Patency
- Providing Oral Care and Maintaining Skin Integrity
- TABLE 66-9 ORAL CARE PROCEDURES FOR PATIENT ON MECHANICAL VENTILATOR
- Fostering Comfort and Communication
- Complications of Endotracheal Intubation
- Safety Alert
- FIG. 66-16 Continuous subglottal suctioning can be provided by the Hi Lo Evac Tube. A dorsal lumen above the cuff allows for suctioning of secretions from the subglottic area.
- Mechanical Ventilation
- FIG. 66-17 Negative pressure ventilator.
- Types of Mechanical Ventilation
- Negative Pressure Ventilation.
- Positive Pressure Ventilation.
- Volume Ventilation.
- FIG. 66-18 Patient receiving mechanical ventilation.
- Pressure Ventilation.
- Settings of Mechanical Ventilators
- Modes of Volume Ventilation
- TABLE 66-10 SETTINGS OF MECHANICAL VENTILATION
- Assist-Control Mechanical Ventilation.
- TABLE 66-11 INTERPRETING MECHANICAL VENTILATION ALARMS
- Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation.
- TABLE 66-12 MODES OF MECHANICAL VENTILATION
- Modes of Pressure Ventilation
- Pressure Support Ventilation.
- Pressure-Control Inverse Ratio Ventilation.
- Airway Pressure Release Ventilation.
- Other Modes.
- Other Ventilatory Maneuvers
- Positive End-Expiratory Pressure.
- Continuous Positive Airway Pressure.
- Automatic Tube Compensation.
- Bilevel Positive Airway Pressure.
- High-Frequency Oscillatory Ventilation.
- Nitric Oxide.
- Prone Positioning.
- Extracorporeal Membrane Oxygenation.
- Complications of Positive Pressure Ventilation
- Cardiovascular System.
- Pulmonary System
- Barotrauma.
- Volutrauma.
- Alveolar Hypoventilation.
- Alveolar Hyperventilation.
- Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia.
- Sodium and Water Imbalance.
- Neurologic System.
- Gastrointestinal System.
- Musculoskeletal System.
- Psychosocial Needs.
- FIG. 66-19 Placement of electrodes along ulnar nerve.
- Machine Disconnection or Malfunction.
- Nutritional Therapy: Patient Receiving Positive Pressure Ventilation
- Delegation Decisions Caring for the Patient Requiring Mechanical Ventilation
- Role of Registered Nurse (RN)
- Role of Licensed Practical/Vocational Nurse (LPN/LVN)
- Role of Unlicensed Assistive Personnel (UAP)
- Weaning From Positive Pressure Ventilation and Extubation
- TABLE 66-13 INDICATORS FOR WEANING
- Chronic Mechanical Ventilation
- Nursing Management Mechanical Ventilation
- Other Critical Care Content
- TABLE 66-14 CROSS-REFERENCES TO CRITICAL CARE CONTENT
- Case Study Critical Care and Mechanical Ventilation
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 67 Nursing Management: Shock, Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome, and Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eFigures
- Shock
- Classification of Shock
- FIG. 67-1 Relationship of shock, systemic inflammatory response syndrome, and multiple organ dysfunction syndrome. CNS, Central nervous system. (See Table 67-1 for causes of shock states.)
- TABLE 67-1 CLASSIFICATION OF SHOCK STATES
- Cardiogenic Shock.
- FIG. 67-2 The pathophysiology of cardiogenic shock.
- Hypovolemic Shock.
- TABLE 67-2 DIAGNOSTIC STUDIES: Laboratory Changes in Shock
- Distributive Shock
- Neurogenic Shock.
- TABLE 67-3 CLINICAL PRESENTATION OF TYPES OF SHOCK
- FIG. 67-3 The pathophysiology of hypovolemic shock.
- Anaphylactic Shock.
- FIG. 67-4 The pathophysiology of neurogenic shock.
- Septic Shock.
- TABLE 67-4 DIAGNOSTIC CRITERIA FOR SEPSIS
- Obstructive Shock.
- Stages of Shock
- Compensatory Stage.
- FIG. 67-5 The pathophysiology of septic shock. CNS, Central nervous system.
- FIG. 67-6 The pathophysiology of obstructive shock.
- TABLE 67-5 MANIFESTATIONS OF STAGES OF SHOCK*
- Progressive Stage.
- Irreversible Stage.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care: General Measures
- Oxygen and Ventilation.
- Fluid Resuscitation.
- TABLE 67-6 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Shock
- Surgical
- Medical
- Trauma
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- TABLE 67-7 FLUID THERAPY IN SHOCK
- Safety Alert
- Drug Therapy.
- Sympathomimetic Drugs.
- TABLE 67-8 DRUG THERAPY: Shock
- Vasodilator Drugs.
- Nutritional Therapy.
- Collaborative Care: Specific Measures
- Cardiogenic Shock.
- Hypovolemic Shock.
- Septic Shock.
- Drug Alert
- TABLE 67-9 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Shock
- Neurogenic Shock.
- Anaphylactic Shock.
- Obstructive Shock.
- Nursing Management Shock
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Nursing Implementation
- Health Promotion.
- Safety Alert
- Acute Intervention.
- Neurologic Status.
- Cardiovascular Status.
- Respiratory Status.
- Renal Status.
- Body Temperature and Skin Changes.
- Gastrointestinal Status.
- Personal Hygiene.
- Emotional Support and Comfort.
- Ambulatory and Home Care.
- Evaluation
- Systemic Inflammatory Response Syndrome and Multiple Organ Dysfunction Syndrome
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Organ and Metabolic Dysfunction.
- Clinical Manifestations of SIRS and MODS
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Sirs and Mods
- Prevention and Treatment of Infection
- Maintenance of Tissue Oxygenation
- Nutritional and Metabolic Needs
- Support of Failing Organs
- TABLE 67-10 MANIFESTATIONS AND MANAGEMENT OF SIRS AND MODS
- Case Study Shock
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Diagnostic Studies
- Collaborative Care (in the ED)
- Surgical Procedure
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eFigures
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 68 Nursing Management: Respiratory Failure and Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTable
- Acute Respiratory Failure
- FIG. 68-1 Normal gas exchange unit in the lung.
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- Hypoxemic Respiratory Failure.
- Ventilation-Perfusion Mismatch.
- FIG. 68-2 Classification of respiratory failure.
- TABLE 68-1 CAUSES OF HYPOXEMIC AND HYPERCAPNIC RESPIRATORY FAILURE*
- Respiratory System
- Cardiac System
- Respiratory System
- Central Nervous System
- Chest Wall
- Neuromuscular System
- FIG. 68-3 Regional V/Q differences in the normal lung. At the lung apex, the V/Q ratio is 3.3, at the midpoint 1.0, and at the base 0.63. This difference causes the PaO2 to be higher at the apex of the lung and lower at the base. Values for PaCO2 are the opposite (i.e., lower at the apex and higher at the base). Blood that exits the lung is a mixture of these values.
- FIG. 68-4 Range of ventilation-to-perfusion (V/Q) relationships. A, Absolute shunt, no ventilation because of fluid filling the alveoli. B, V/Q mismatch, ventilation partially compromised by secretions in the airway. C, Normal lung unit. D, V/Q mismatch, perfusion partially compromised by emboli obstructing blood flow. E, Dead space, no perfusion because of obstruction of the pulmonary capillary.
- Shunt.
- Diffusion Limitation.
- FIG. 68-5 Diffusion limitation. Exchange of CO2 and O2 cannot occur because of the thickened alveolar-capillary membrane.
- Alveolar Hypoventilation.
- Interrelationship of Mechanisms.
- Hypercapnic Respiratory Failure.
- Airway and Alveoli Abnormalities.
- Central Nervous System Abnormalities.
- Chest Wall Abnormalities.
- Neuromuscular Conditions.
- Tissue Oxygen Needs.
- Clinical Manifestations
- TABLE 68-2 MANIFESTATIONS OF HYPOXEMIA AND HYPERCAPNIA*
- Consequences of Hypoxemia and Hypoxia.
- Specific Clinical Manifestations.
- FIG. 68-6 Tripod positioning is used to increase chest and lung expansion and decrease work of breathing for patients with COPD or asthma.
- Diagnostic Studies
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Respiratory Failure
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- TABLE 68-3 NURSING ASSESSMENT: Acute Respiratory Failure
- Planning
- Prevention
- Respiratory Therapy
- Oxygen Therapy.
- TABLE 68-4 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Respiratory Failure
- Mobilization of Secretions.
- Effective Coughing and Positioning.
- FIG. 68-7 Augmented coughing is performed by placing one or both hands on the anterolateral base of the lungs. After the patient takes a deep inspiration and at the beginning of expiration, move the hand(s) forcefully upward. This increases abdominal pressure and aids in producing a forceful cough.
- Hydration and Humidification.
- Chest Physiotherapy.
- Airway Suctioning.
- Positive Pressure Ventilation.
- FIG. 68-8 Noninvasive bilevel positive pressure ventilation. A mask is placed over the nose or nose and mouth. Positive pressure from a mechanical ventilator assists the patient’s breathing efforts, decreasing the work of breathing.
- Drug Therapy
- Relief of Bronchospasm.
- Reduction of Airway Inflammation.
- Drug Alert
- Reduction of Pulmonary Congestion.
- Treatment of Pulmonary Infections.
- Reduction of Severe Anxiety, Pain, and Agitation.
- Safety Alert
- Safety Alert
- Medical Supportive Therapy
- Treating the Underlying Cause.
- Maintaining Adequate Cardiac Output.
- Maintaining Adequate Hemoglobin Concentration.
- Nutritional Therapy
- Evaluation
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Respiratory Failure
- Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
- FIG. 68-9 Stages of edema formation in acute respiratory distress syndrome. A, Normal alveolus and pulmonary capillary. B, Interstitial edema occurs with increased flow of fluid into the interstitial space. C, Alveolar edema occurs when the fluid crosses the blood-gas barrier.
- TABLE 68-5 PREDISPOSING CONDITIONS TO ARDS
- Etiology and Pathophysiology
- FIG. 68-10 Pathophysiology of acute lung injury (ALI) and acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS).
- Injury or Exudative Phase.
- Reparative or Proliferative Phase.
- Fibrotic Phase.
- Clinical Progression
- Clinical Manifestations and Diagnostic Studies
- TABLE 68-6 DIAGNOSTIC FINDINGS IN ALI AND ARDS
- FIG. 68-11 Chest x-ray of a patient with acute respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS). The x-ray shows new, bilateral, diffuse, homogeneous pulmonary infiltrates without cardiac failure, fluid overload, chest infection, or chronic lung disease.
- Complications
- Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia.
- TABLE 68-7 COMPLICATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH ARDS
- TABLE 68-8 COMPONENTS OF A VENTILATOR BUNDLE
- Barotrauma.
- Evidence-Based Practice Translating Research Into Practice
- How Effective Is Subglottic Secretion Drainage on Ventilator-Associated Pneumonia?
- Clinical Question
- Best Available Evidence
- Critical Appraisal and Synthesis of Evidence
- Conclusion
- Implications for Nursing Practice
- Reference for Evidence
- Volutrauma.
- Stress Ulcers.
- Renal Failure.
- Nursing and Collaborative Management Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
- TABLE 68-9 COLLABORATIVE CARE: Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
- Nursing Assessment
- Nursing Diagnoses
- Planning
- Oxygen Administration.
- Positive Pressure Ventilation.
- Positioning Strategies.
- FIG. 68-12 A, Turning patient prone on Vollman Prone Positioner. B, Patient lying prone on Vollman Prone Positioner.
- Medical Supportive Therapy
- Maintenance of Cardiac Output and Tissue Perfusion.
- Maintenance of Nutrition and Fluid Balance.
- FIG. 68-13 TotalCare SpO2RT Bed System offers continuous lateral rotation therapy and percussion and vibration therapies. Patients can easily and quickly be repositioned.
- Evaluation
- Case Study Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome
- Patient Profile
- Past Medical History
- Postoperative Orders
- Postoperative Day 1
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Assessment
- Diagnostic Findings
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Care Plans
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Chapter 69 Nursing Management: Emergency, Terrorism, and Disaster Nursing
- Learning Outcomes
- Key Terms
- eTables
- TABLE 69-1 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT Emergency Management Tables
- Care of Emergency Patient
- Triage
- TABLE 69-2 FIVE-LEVEL EMERGENCY SEVERITY INDEX (ESI)
- TABLE 69-3 EMERGENCY ASSESSMENT: PRIMARY SURVEY
- Primary Survey
- TABLE 69-4 POTENTIAL LIFE-THREATENING CONDITIONS FOUND DURING PRIMARY SURVEY*
- A = Airway With Cervical Spine Stabilization and/or Immobilization.
- FIG. 69-1 Jaw-thrust maneuver is the recommended procedure for opening the airway of an unconscious patient with a possible neck or spinal injury. With the patient lying supine, kneel at the top of the head. Place one hand on each side of the patient’s head, resting your elbows on the surface. Grasp the angles of the patient’s lower jaw and lift the jaw forward with both hands without tilting the head.
- B = Breathing.
- C = Circulation.
- D = Disability.
- E = Exposure or Environmental Control.
- Secondary Survey
- F = Full Set of Vital Signs, Focused Adjuncts, Facilitate Family Presence.
- G = Give Comfort Measures.
- H = History and Head-to-Toe Assessment.
- TABLE 69-5 EMERGENCY ASSESSMENT: SECONDARY SURVEY
- Head, Neck, and Face.
- Chest.
- Abdomen and Flanks.
- Pelvis and Perineum.
- Extremities.
- I = Inspect Posterior Surfaces.
- Intervention and Evaluation
- TABLE 69-6 TETANUS VACCINES AND TIG FOR WOUND MANAGEMENT
- Post–Cardiac Arrest Hypothermia
- Evidence-Based Practice Applying the Evidence
- Your Decision and Action
- Reference for Evidence
- Death in the Emergency Department
- Gerontologic Considerations
- Emergency Care
- Environmental Emergencies
- TABLE 69-7 RISK FACTORS FOR HEAT-RELATED EMERGENCIES
- Heat-Related Emergencies
- Heat Cramps
- Heat Exhaustion
- TABLE 69-8 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Hyperthermia
- Environmental
- Trauma
- Metabolic
- Drugs
- Other
- Heat Cramps
- Heat Exhaustion
- Heatstroke
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Heatstroke
- Collaborative Care.
- Cold-Related Emergencies
- Frostbite
- FIG. 69-2 Edema and blister formation 24 hours after frostbite injury occurring in an area covered by a tightly fitted boot.
- FIG. 69-3 Gangrenous necrosis 6 weeks after the frostbite injury shown in Fig. 69-2.
- Hypothermia
- TABLE 69-9 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Hypothermia
- Environmental
- Metabolic
- Health Care Associated
- Other
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Collaborative Care.
- Submersion Injuries
- Collaborative Care
- FIG. 69-4 Pathophysiology of submersion injury.
- Stings and Bites
- TABLE 69-10 EMERGENCY MANAGEMENT: Submersion Injuries
- Pulmonary
- Cardiac
- Other
- Initial
- Ongoing Monitoring
- Hymenopteran Stings
- Safety Alert
- FIG. 69-5 Tick removal. A, Use tweezers to grasp the tick close to the skin. B, With a steady motion, pull the tick’s body up and away from the skin. Do not be alarmed if the tick’s mouthparts remain in the skin. Once the mouthparts are removed from the rest of the tick, it can no longer transmit disease.
- Tick Bites
- Animal and Human Bites
- FIG. 69-6 Probable human bite injury, though denied by patient. Human bites cause extensor tendon injuries, fractures, and joint capsule injuries and can harbor foreign bodies.
- Collaborative Care.
- Drug Alert
- Poisonings
- TABLE 69-11 COMMON POISONS
- Violence
- Agents of Terrorism
- Emergency and Mass Casualty Incident Preparedness
- FIG. 69-7 American Red Cross.
- Ethical/Legal Dilemmas Good Samaritan
- Situation
- Ethical/Legal Points for Consideration
- Discussion Questions
- Case Study Trauma
- Patient Profile
- Subjective Data
- Objective Data
- Physical Examination
- Discussion Questions
- Bridge to NCLEX Examination
- References
- Resources
- Case Study Managing Multiple Patients
- Patients
- Management Discussion Questions
- Case Study Progression
- Pageburst Integrated Resources
- Answer Keys
- Case Studies
- Concept Map Creator
- Content Updates
- eTables
- Glossary
- Key Points
- Appendixes
- Appendix A Basic Life Support for Health Care Providers
- Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation
- Chest Compressions
- FIG. A-1 The head tilt–chin lift maneuver is used to open the victim’s airway to give rescue breaths. A, Rescuer places one hand on the victim’s forehead and applies firm, backward pressure with the palm to tilt the head back. The chin is lifted and brought forward with the fingers of the other hand. B, Mouth-to-barrier device: Rescuer places the device tightly over the victim’s mouth and nose and delivers a regular breath. C, Mouth-to-mouth technique: Rescuer pinches the victim’s nostrils, tightly seals mouth over victim’s mouth, and delivers a regular breath. NOTE: Rescuer should observe for a rise in the victim’s chest (blue arrows).
- TABLE A-1 ADULT ONE- AND TWO-RESCUER BASIC LIFE SUPPORT WITH AUTOMATIC EXTERNAL DEFIBRILLATOR (AED)
- Defibrillation
- FIG. A-2 Cardiopulmonary resuscitation. A, Position of the hands during chest compressions. B, When pressure is applied, the sternum is displaced posteriorly with the heel of the hand. C, Arms are kept straight and the rescuer pushes deep (at least 2 in) and fast (a rate of at least 100 compressions per minute).
- FIG. A-3 Automatic external defibrillator (AED) located in a shopping center.
- Airway and Breathing
- TABLE A-2 MANAGEMENT OF THE ADULT CHOKING VICTIM
- FIG. A-4 Abdominal thrusts (Heimlich maneuver) administered to a conscious (standing) choking victim.
- Hands-Only CPR
- References
- Resources
- Appendix B Nursing Diagnoses
- Appendix C Laboratory Reference Intervals
- TABLE C-1 SERUM, PLASMA, AND WHOLE BLOOD CHEMISTRIES
- TABLE C-2 HEMATOLOGY
- TABLE C-3 SEROLOGY-IMMUNOLOGY
- TABLE C-4 URINE CHEMISTRY
- TABLE C-5 FECAL ANALYSIS
- TABLE C-6 CEREBROSPINAL FLUID ANALYSIS
- Glossary
- Glossary
- A
- B
- C
- D
- E
- F
- G
- H
- I
- J
- K
- L
- M
- N
- O
- P
- R
- S
- T
- U
- V
- W
- Illustration Credits
- Illustration Credits
- Chapter 1
- Chapter 2
- Chapter 3
- Chapter 4
- Chapter 5
- Chapter 8
- Chapter 9
- Chapter 10
- Chapter 12
- Chapter 13
- Chapter 14
- Chapter 15
- Chapter 16
- Chapter 17
- Chapter 18
- Chapter 19
- Chapter 20
- Chapter 21
- Chapter 22
- Chapter 23
- Chapter 24
- Chapter 25
- Chapter 26
- Chapter 27
- Chapter 28
- Chapter 29
- Chapter 30
- Chapter 31
- Chapter 32
- Chapter 33
- Chapter 34
- Chapter 35
- Chapter 36
- Chapter 37
- Chapter 38
- Chapter 39
- Chapter 40
- Chapter 41
- Chapter 42
- Chapter 43
- Chapter 44
- Chapter 45
- Chapter 46
- Chapter 47
- Chapter 48
- Chapter 49
- Chapter 50
- Chapter 51
- Chapter 52
- Chapter 53
- Chapter 54
- Chapter 55
- Chapter 56
- Chapter 57
- Chapter 58
- Chapter 59
- Chapter 60
- Chapter 61
- Chapter 62
- Chapter 63
- Chapter 64
- Chapter 65
- Chapter 66
- Chapter 67
- Chapter 68
- Chapter 69
- Index
- Index
- A
- B
- C
- D
- E
- F
- G
- H
- I
- J
- K
- L
- M
- N
- O
- P
- Q
- R
- S
- T
- U
- V
- W
- X
- Y
- Z
- Abbreviations
- Abbreviations
People Also Search:
medical surgical nursing assessment and management of clinical problems
medical surgical nursing assessment and management of clinical problems 9th edition
medical surgical nursing assessment and management of clinical problems download scribd
medical surgical nursing assessment and management of clinical problems testbank download pdf